RU2632941C2 - Refrigerator - Google Patents

Abstract

FIELD: human vital needs satisfaction.

SUBSTANCE: refrigerator includes a box-shaped housing, including an outer shell formed from an outer housing and an inner housing. The outer shell includes: a top wall; a rear wall; side walls; and a bottom wall. The box housing has a storage compartment formed inside the outer shell and has an opening formed on the front side of the box housing; a vacuum heat-insulating material disposed between a portion of the inner body and a portion of the outer housing, corresponding to the rear wall, one of the side walls, the other of the side walls, the top wall or the bottom wall forming the storage compartment; and a heat-insulating foam loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material and the inner housing. The wall with vacuum heat-insulating material has a thickness in the range from 20 mm to 40 mm. The thickness of heat-insulating material after foaming is 10 mm or less. The ratio of the thickness of the heat-insulating foam relative to the sum of the thickness of the heat-insulating foam and the thickness of the vacuum heat-insulating material is 0.3 or less.

EFFECT: increasing the heat insulation and strength characteristics with increasing the useful volume of the refrigerator.

20 cl, 28 dwg

Description

Technical field

[0001] The present invention relates to a device including a heat-insulating box body, including a vacuum heat-insulating material, and, in particular, to a refrigerator.

State of the art

[0002] In recent years, in view of protecting the global environment and the safety of nuclear power plants, various attempts have been made to achieve resource savings and energy efficiency, and in particular to achieve energy savings.

[0003] Given the efficiency of energy use and energy saving, a technology was proposed for placing not only rigid polyurethane foam, but also vacuum heat-insulating material in a heat-insulating box body having an outer casing including an outer casing and an inner casing. In particular, it was proposed the invention of a heat-insulating box body, comprising a rigid polyurethane foam and vacuum heat-insulating material, in which the coating of a vacuum heat-insulating material relative to the surface area of the outer casing is determined (see patent document 1).

[0004] In addition, in order to increase the internal capacities of devices including a heat-insulating box body, such as a refrigerator, the wall thickness of the box body must be reduced. Thus, a device was proposed in which a vacuum heat-insulating material is placed between the outer casing and the inner casing and attached directly to the inner casing and the outer casing without intermediary of the urethane-based heat-insulating material in the part in which the vacuum heat-insulating material is placed (see patent document 2 )

[0005] Furthermore, in the refrigerator, the guide elements for supporting the drawers are attached to the inner chamber by screws or the like. (see patent document 3).

Also in the refrigerator, the guide elements are attached to the sliding doors of the drawer storage compartments with screws or the like. (see patent document 4).

Bibliography

PATENT DOCUMENTS

[0006] Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 3478810

Patent Document 2: Unexamined Japanese Patent Application No. Hei 07-120138

Patent Document 3: Japanese Unexamined Patent Application No. 2006-177654

Patent Document 4: Unexamined Japanese Patent Application No. 2009-228948

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

Technical problem

[0007] The vacuum thermal insulation material has thermal insulation characteristics that are, for example, six or more times higher than the thermal insulation characteristics of prior art rigid polyurethane foam. Thus, taking into account the energy efficiency, etc., not only rigid polyurethane foam, but also vacuum thermal insulation material was increasingly placed in the spaces formed between the outer casing and the inner casing. In addition, in recent years, along with the growing demand for higher energy efficiency, the use of vacuum heat-insulating material placed in a heat-insulating box-shaped case, such as, for example, in the heat-insulating box-shaped case disclosed in Patent Document 1, has increased.

[0008] Meanwhile, in recent years, taking into account space saving and increasing volume in the heat-insulating box-shaped case, requirements have also been imposed to reduce the gaps formed between the outer case and the inner case, that is, the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box-shaped case. However, the prior art heat-insulating box bodies were made on the basis of the technical idea that rigid polyurethane foam mainly exhibits a heat-insulating function, and vacuum heat-insulating material helps the heat-insulating function of hard polyurethane foam. In particular, the strength of the heat-insulating box body of the prior art is ensured by loading rigid polyurethane foam of a given density into the spaces between the inner case and the outer case. However, when the thickness of the urethane decreases to reduce the thickness of the wall surface, the density of the urethane increases due to a decrease in the thickness of the urethane. As a result, the thermal insulation performance deteriorates. Thus, it was difficult to meet the thermal insulation characteristics, while achieving the necessary strength of the box body.

[0009] In other words, in prior art devices including vacuum heat insulating material, such as a heat-insulating box body and a refrigerator, the heat-insulating characteristics of the surface of the walls and the box body and the strength of the box body and walls are provided using rigid polyurethane foam. When the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced in order to reduce the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box body, problems arise in the deficiency of the heat-insulating characteristics or the strength of the heat-insulating box body, and as a result, the wall thickness is difficult to reduce.

[0010] As a countermeasure in the heat-insulating box housing disclosed in Patent Document 1, the used amount (coating) of the vacuum heat-insulating material is increased to increase the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam (stiffness of rigid polyurethane foam). Through this, the wall thickness can be reduced to some extent, taking into account the strength of the heat-insulating box body. However, the heat-insulating box body disclosed in Patent Document 1 was made on the basis of the technical idea that rigid polyurethane foam mainly exhibits a heat-insulating function, and vacuum heat-insulating material helps the heat-insulating function of hard polyurethane, and a rigid polyurethane foam mainly exhibits a heat-insulating function, and vacuum heat-insulating The material helps the thermal insulation function of rigid polyurethane foam. The thermal insulation characteristics and the wall surface strength of the heat-insulating box body are ensured by using rigid polyurethane foam. However, when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam decreases, its density and flexural modulus increase, but the thermal insulation properties deteriorate. In order to suppress the deterioration of the thermal insulation characteristics of rigid polyurethane foam, the flexural modulus and density of the rigid polyurethane foam are set equal to or less than the specified values (bending modulus of 10 MPa or less, and a density of 60 kg / m ³ or less). When the bending modulus and density exceed the specified values, the strength of the box body is satisfied, but the thermal insulation characteristics are deteriorated. Thus, rigid polyurethane foam is difficult to use. Therefore, with regard to the heat-insulating box body disclosed in Patent Document 1, in order to provide both the strength of the box body and the surface of the walls, and the heat-insulating characteristics, the thickness of the urethane must be provided to some extent or more. Thus, so that the urethane density is reduced to a predetermined value or less after foaming (density 60 kg / m ³ or less), the thickness of the urethane channels in the parts to be filled with urethane must be adjusted to a predetermined thickness or more. Thus, there is a problem of difficulty in reducing wall thickness.

[0011] In addition, in Patent Document 2, as a measure for ensuring the strength of the heat-insulating box body including the vacuum heat-insulating material, the outer wrapping material of the vacuum heat-insulating material is made, for example, of a plastic material that is molded into the target mold by vacuum casting, casting under pressure, etc. In addition, each of the vacuum thermal insulation material used, the inner case and the outer case are molded into a concave-convex shape and filled with particulate filler to ensure strength. However, each of the inner case and the outer case is given a concave-convex shape substantially in accordance with the concave-convex portions of the outer wrapping material of the vacuum heat-insulating material so that the inner case and the outer case correspond to the outer wrapping material. By this, the strength of the inner case and the outer case is ensured. As a result, the outer wrapping material, the inner case and the outer case have a complex shape, which causes problems of increasing costs, deterioration in assembly efficiency, and the like. In addition, in order to ensure strength, the outer wrapping material must also be given a concave-convex shape to the vacuum thermal insulation material, and the filler to be sealed in the outer wrapping material must conform to the concave-convex shape of the outer wrapping material. Thus, a particulate material having flowability should be used as a filler, which can cause an increase in costs and a deterioration in thermal insulation characteristics compared to cases in which fibrous fillers such as fiberglass are used. In addition, a complex concave-convex shape is attached to each of the rear surfaces of the compartments (spaces for accommodating the elements that will be stored in the heat-insulating box case), which is a poor structural property.

[0012] Thus, in the heat-insulating box cases and devices of the prior art, in particular in the refrigerators of the prior art, it is difficult to provide the desired heat-insulating characteristics and the specified strength of the box-shaped body and reduce the thickness of the heat-insulating walls including the vacuum heat-insulating material or heat-insulating material. Thus, it is difficult to further increase the internal volume of the heat-insulating box body, refrigerator, device, and the like. or reduce the external dimensions of these devices.

[0013] Furthermore, in the refrigerators disclosed in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4, the guiding elements for supporting the drawers of the storage compartments or door frames are attached to the heat-insulating walls (to the inner case, to the urethane-based heat-insulating material between the inner case and external housing, or to reinforcing elements placed between the internal housing and the external housing) with screws. However, when the vacuum heat-insulating material is placed between the outer case and the inner case, and the thickness of the heat-insulating material is small in the part between the vacuum heat-insulating material and the inner case, the outer wrapping material of the vacuum heat-insulating material may be damaged or torn by the screws for fastening the guide elements or door frames depending on, for example, from the heterogeneity of the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material. As a result, there are risks that the thermal insulation performance and reliability of the vacuum thermal insulation material are deteriorating.

[0014] In addition, the threaded parts of the screws can be shortened so as not to damage the vacuum thermal insulation material. However, when the strength of the urethane-based heat-insulating material (for example, bending density and elasticity) that is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material and the inner case is small, not only the screw holding strength, but also the strength of the heat-insulating walls to be formed as a whole with urethane are small. Thus, there is a risk that the heat-insulating walls and the box-like housing are deformed or the screws are loosened. Thus, reliability can be impaired, and therefore, the lengths of the threaded parts cannot be made to a predetermined length or less. As a countermeasure, when individual elements are held or attached by screws, mounting structures, etc. (such as heavy load support elements to support heavy loads, in particular, guide elements for supporting drawers, or door frames, or vibration-sensitive elements that are affected by vibration during operation, in particular a chiller for generating cooling air to cool compartments for storage or a fan for directing cooling air to the storage compartments) are mounted on heat-insulating walls, including vacuum heat-insulating materials, parts that are separate elements are mounted, must have sufficient wall thickness to show the mounting strength. In addition, given the mounting strength of the screws, the length of the threaded parts of the fastening elements, such as screws, it is difficult to make a predetermined length (in particular 15 mm) or less. Thus, it is difficult to reduce the wall thickness and increase the internal volume.

[0015] The present invention has been made to solve the problems described above, and its primary task is to improve the thermal insulation characteristics and strength of the heat-insulating box body of the refrigerator in comparison with the prior art. It should be noted that another object of the present invention is to provide, for example, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a hot water storage device and a device including a heat block or a low temperature block in which the thickness of the heat-insulating walls can be reduced or thermal insulation material.

[0016] Another objective of the present invention is to increase the internal volumes of the heat-insulating box body, refrigerator, device, and the like. in comparison with the internal volumes of these devices in the prior art (to increase the capacity of the compartments), or to provide a heat-insulating box case, a refrigerator, a hot water storage device, a device, etc., in which the external dimensions (reduce the external dimensions) of the heat-insulating can be reduced box case, refrigerator, device, etc.

[0017] Another objective of the present invention is to provide a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a hot water storage device, a device and the like, in which it is also when the individual elements are held or attached with screws, mounting structure and etc. (such as support elements for heavy loads, or vibration-sensitive elements) are mounted on heat-insulating walls, including vacuum heat-insulating materials, the thickness of heat-insulating walls or heat-insulating materials can be reduced. Another objective of the present invention is to provide a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a hot water storage device, a device and the like, which are excellent in reliability and large in internal volume.

[0018] Another objective of the present invention is to reduce wall thickness and improve the structural properties of compartments (such as storage compartments to accommodate items that will be stored).

[0019] Another objective of the present invention is to provide a compact heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a hot water storage device, a device and the like that are reduced in external dimensions (such as external diameter, width, depth and height) a heat-insulating box body, such as a box-body, having more thin heat-insulating walls, a cylindrical shape or an angular cylindrical shape, and a front opening for insulating from a heat source, such as a storage tank eniya hot water.

Solution

[0020]

In accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, a refrigerator is provided, including:

a box-shaped body including an outer shell formed of an outer shell and an inner shell, the outer shell includes:

top wall;

back wall;

side walls; and

bottom wall

the box-shaped body has a storage compartment formed inside the outer shell and has an opening formed on the front side of the box-shaped body;

a vacuum heat-insulating material placed between a part of the inner case and a part of the outer case, corresponding to the rear wall, one of the side walls, the other of the side walls, the upper wall or the lower wall, forming a storage compartment; and

heat-insulating foam loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material and the inner case,

in which the bending modulus of the vacuum thermal insulation material is 20 MPa or more,

in which the thickness of the insulating foam is 11 mm or less, and

in which the ratio of the thickness of the heat-insulating foam relative to the sum of the thickness of the heat-insulating foam and the thickness of the vacuum heat-insulating material is 0.3 or less.

In addition, a refrigerator is provided, including:

a box-shaped body including an outer shell formed of an outer shell and an inner shell, the outer shell includes:

top wall;

back wall;

side walls; and

bottom wall

the box body has a storage compartment formed inside the outer shell, and has an opening formed on the front side of the box body,

the box-shaped body includes a concave portion formed in the central portion in the width direction of the rear wall forming a storage compartment that extends along the vertical direction of the rear wall;

vacuum heat-insulating material placed between the inner case and the outer case in the part facing the concave portion, the vacuum heat-insulating material has the form of a flat plate that is wider than the concave portion, at least in the width direction; and

heat-insulating foam loaded between the inner case and the vacuum heat-insulating material in the part facing the concave portion,

in which the bending modulus of the vacuum thermal insulation material is 20 MPa or more,

in which the thickness of the thermal insulation foam is 11 mm or less in the part facing the concave portion, and

in which the ratio of the thickness of the heat-insulating foam relative to the sum of the thickness of the heat-insulating foam and the thickness of the vacuum heat-insulating material is 0.3 or less.

In addition, a refrigerator is provided, including:

a box-shaped body including an outer shell formed of an outer shell and an inner shell, the outer shell includes:

top wall;

back wall;

side walls; and

bottom wall

the box-shaped body has a storage compartment formed inside the outer shell and has an opening formed on the front side of the box-shaped body;

cooler for cooling the storage compartment;

a control panel for controlling the cooler, a control panel is located in a chamber of the control panel formed in the upper wall or in the rear wall;

vacuum thermal insulation material placed between the camera of the control panel and the inner case; and

heat-insulating foam loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material and the inner case,

in which the thickness of the insulating foam is 11 mm or less in the part facing the camera of the control panel, and

in which the ratio of the thickness of the heat-insulating foam relative to the sum of the thickness of the heat-insulating foam and the thickness of the vacuum heat-insulating material is 0.3 or less.

Beneficial effects of the invention

[0021] In the refrigerator of one embodiment of the present invention, using the structures described above, the strength of the box body or walls can be increased compared with the prior art, and in addition, the wall thickness can be reduced. In addition, the capacities of the accommodating spaces and storage compartments can be increased without increasing the external shape of the box-shaped body, since the wall thickness of the box-shaped body can be reduced.

Brief Description of the Drawings

[0022] FIG. 1 is a front view illustrating a refrigerator in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

Figure 2 is a side section illustrating a refrigerator in accordance with embodiment 1 of the present invention.

3 is a block diagram illustrating a refrigerator controller in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

4 is a horizontal section illustrating a refrigerator in accordance with embodiment 1 of the present invention.

5 is a horizontal section illustrating another refrigerator in accordance with embodiment 1 of the present invention.

6 is a horizontal section illustrating another refrigerator in accordance with embodiment 1 of the present invention.

7 is a horizontal section illustrating another refrigerator in accordance with embodiment 1 of the present invention.

Fig. 8 is a horizontal section illustrating yet another refrigerator in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

9 is a front view illustrating a refrigerator in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention in a state in which the front doors of the refrigerator are removed.

10 is a side sectional view illustrating a refrigerator in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

11 is a front cross section illustrating a heat-insulating box body in accordance with embodiment 1 of the present invention.

12 is a rear view illustrating a heat-insulating box body in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

13 is a perspective view illustrating a heat-insulating box body in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

14 is another perspective view illustrating a heat-insulating box body in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

FIG. 15 is a graph showing a relationship between density and thermal conductivity of a rigid polyurethane foam heat-insulating box body in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

Fig. 16 is a graph showing the density and flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

17 is a graph showing the relationship between the thickness of the urethane in the channel at the time when the rigid polyurethane foam according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention is loaded and the thermal conductivity of the urethane.

Fig. 18 is a graph showing the relationship between the thickness of the urethane in the channel at the time when the rigid polyurethane foam according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention is loaded and the urethane flexural modulus.

19 is a graph showing the relationship between the composite thermal conductivity and the ratio of the thickness of the solid urethane relative to the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box body in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

FIG. 20 is a graph showing the relationship between the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the internal spaces of the wall of the heat-insulating box body in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention and the strain amount of the heat-insulating box body.

21 is a graph showing a relationship between the area ratio of vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the surface areas of the side surface portions and the rear surface portions of the heat-insulating box body in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention and the strain amount of the box body.

22 is a rear view illustrating a heat-insulating box body in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

23A is a schematic sectional view illustrating a side wall of a heat-insulating box body after rigid polyurethane foam has been foamed.

23B is another schematic sectional view illustrating a side wall of a heat-insulating box body after rigid polyurethane foam has been foamed.

24 is a sectional view of a main part illustrating the vicinity of a mounting portion of the guides of a refrigerator in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

FIG. 25 is a sectional view of a main part illustrating the surroundings of another mounting portion of refrigerator guides in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 26 is a sectional view of the main part illustrating the surroundings of yet another mounting portion of the refrigerator guides in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

FIG. 27 is a sectional view of a main body illustrating the surroundings of yet another mounting portion of refrigerator guides in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

Description of Embodiments

[0023] Embodiment 1

(Fridge)

Figure 1 is a front view illustrating a refrigerator in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention, and Figure 2 is a side section illustrating a refrigerator in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention. As illustrated in these figures, in the uppermost tier of the refrigerator 1, the refrigerator compartment 2 is housed as a two-door storage compartment. Under the refrigerator compartment 2 there is a compartment 3 for making ice and a universal compartment 4 as storage compartments parallel to each other on the left and right. On the lowest tier of the refrigerator 1, the freezer compartment 6 is located as a storage compartment, and the vegetable compartment 5 is located as a storage compartment above the freezer compartment 6. The vegetable compartment 5 is located under the ice making compartment 3 and the universal compartment 4 arranged parallel to each other friend left and right and above the freezer compartment 6.

[0024] The interior of the refrigerator compartment 2 as a storage compartment serves as a space for storing stored products for storing storage products (such as food and drinks). In the storage space for the stored products, a plurality of shelves 80 are placed, which are made of resin or glass, so that the stored products are placed on them. Essentially sealed containers 2X and 2Y are placed on the lower side of the storage space for storage of stored products (below the inner shelves) for use as a refrigerated compartment 2X, the temperature of which is maintained within the cooling range from about +3 degrees Celsius to -3 degrees Celsius and 2Y vegetable compartment, the temperature of which is maintained within the range of the storage temperature of vegetables, in particular, in the range from approximately +3 degrees Celsius to +5 degrees Celsius. Each of the substantially sealed containers 2X and 2Y can be used as an egg storage compartment. In addition, each of the substantially sealed containers 2X and 2Y has, for example, a retractable structure so that the stored products can be stacked and removed by extending the containers.

[0025] The structures of the substantially sealed containers 2X and 2Y are formed by providing removable covers for portions of openings of the upper surface of the containers, each of which is open on its upper side. These covers may be placed on the side of the container or may be placed on a shelf 80 or a partition wall located above the container. Alternatively, the shelf and partition wall above the containers themselves can also be used as lids.

[0026] Of course, this embodiment is not limited to the placement of compartments. In particular, the ice-making compartment 3 and the universal compartment 4 can be arranged parallel to each other on the left and right under the refrigeration compartment 2 located on the upper tier. The freezer compartment 6 can be placed under the ice making compartment 3 and the universal compartment 4, placed parallel to each other on the left and right, and above the vegetable compartment 5 located on the lower tier. Thus, the so-called type with a freezer in the middle can be used, in which the freezer compartment 6 is placed between the vegetable compartment 5 and each of the ice making compartment 3 and the universal compartment 4, which are placed parallel to each other on the left and right. Meanwhile, low temperature compartments (such as an ice making compartment 3, a universal compartment 4 and a freezing compartment 6) are placed close to each other, and therefore, thermal insulation materials need not be placed between these low temperature compartments. In addition, heat loss is reduced. Thus, an inexpensive energy-efficient refrigerator can be provided.

[0027] In the opening portion of the front side of the refrigeration compartment 2 as storage compartments, doors 7 of the two-door refrigeration compartment are arranged that can freely open and close. The doors 7 of the two-door refrigerator compartment include two doors: a left door 7A of the refrigerator compartment and a right door 7B of the refrigerator compartment. Of course, instead of a double door, a single pivot door can be used. For other storage compartments, in particular for an ice making compartment 3, a universal compartment 4, a vegetable compartment 5 and a freezing compartment 6, respectively, a drawer-type ice compartment door 8 is arranged, capable of freely opening and closing a portion of the opening of the manufacturing compartment 3 ice, door 9 of the universal compartment of the sliding type, capable of freely opening and closing a portion of the opening of the universal compartment 4, door 10 of the vegetable compartment of the sliding type, capable of freely opening to open and close the opening section of the vegetable compartment 5, and the drawer-freezer door 11, which is able to freely open and close the opening section of the freezer compartment 6. It should be noted that in the doors of the drawer storage compartments (such as the door 8 of the ice-making compartment, the door 9 of the universal compartment, the door 10 of the vegetable compartment and the door 11 of the freezer compartment) each of the guide elements are attached to the inner chamber 750 or are held on the inner chamber 750, which forms the department Nia storage via fastening member such as a screw or a mounting structure, and the door frame fixed to the inner door panel or held on the inner panels of the door, slide on guide elements directly or via rollers, etc. In this case, drawers attached to doors or to door frames can be pulled out.

[0028] In addition, as described below with reference to FIG. 3, operation switches, for example, for performing temperature setting in storage compartments (compartment selection switch 60a, temperature range setting switch 60b, instant freeze switch 60c, manufacture setting switch 60d ice and mist generator switch 60e) and an operation panel 60 for displaying temperature information, such as internal temperatures and preset temperatures, are installed on any of the left cold door 7A yl branch and the right door 7B refrigerator compartment on the left and right of the refrigerator compartment 2 for the storage compartment. Operational information from operating switches, information for displaying on a liquid crystal display unit, temperature information in storage compartments, and other information is controlled by a controller 30 including a control panel having a microcomputer mounted thereon and the like. The controller 30 is located in the upper section at the rear of the refrigerator (behind the refrigerator compartment).

[0029] The compressor 12 is housed in a machine chamber 1A formed in the lowest portion at the rear of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 includes a refrigeration cycle. The compressor 12, which is located in the engine chamber 1A, serves as one of the components of the refrigeration cycle, in particular, has the function of compressing the refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle. The refrigerant compressed by compressor 12 is compressed by a condenser (not shown). In the compressed state, the refrigerant is decompressed by means of a capillary tube (not shown) or a control valve (not shown) as a decompression device. Cooler 13, which serves as another of the components of the refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator, is housed in cooler chamber 131. The refrigerant decompressed by the decompression device is vaporized by the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the endothermic effect during evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan 14, which is located near the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131, is configured to direct the cooling air generated by cooling around the cooler 13 to each of the compartments, such as the storage compartments of the refrigerator 1 (to the refrigeration compartment 2, to the compartment 3 for making ice, to the universal compartment 4, to the vegetable compartment 5 and to the freezer compartment 6), through channels for cooling air (such as channel 16 for cooling air of the universal department or channel 50 for cooling air of the refrigerator compartment).

[0030] The defrosting system heater 150 as a defrosting unit for defrosting the cooler 13 (such as a defrosting heater with a glass tube, in particular a carbon heater using carbon fibers in a quartz glass tube to emit light having a wavelength of 0.2 μm or more) up to 4 μm, which is transmitted through a quartz glass tube) is placed under the cooler 13, located in the chamber 131 of the cooler. Above the defrosting system heater 150, a heater roof 151 is placed between the cooler 13 and the defrosting system heater 150 so that melt water does not directly fall from the cooler 13 onto the defrosting system heater 150. When a black carrier heater, such as a carbon heater, is used as the defrosting system heater 150, the frost on the cooler 13 can be effectively melted by radiation heat exchange. Thus, its surface temperature can be set low (from about 70 degrees Celsius to 80 degrees Celsius). In this case, even when a flammable refrigerant (such as isobutane, which is a hydrocarbon refrigerant) is used as a refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle, and a refrigerant leak and the like occurs, the risk of ignition can be reduced. In addition, the frost on the cooler 13 can be more effectively melted by radiative heat exchange compared to a heater with a nichrome wire, and, therefore, the frost formed on the cooler 13 is melted gradually and less prone to fall in pieces immediately. Thus, the noise from the frost falling on the roof 151 of the heater can be reduced. Thus, a refrigerator excellent in silence and defrosting efficiency can be provided.

[0031] It should be noted that examples of the defrosting system heater 150 may include an embedded heater that is integrated as a unit in the cooler 13. In addition, a glass tube heater and an embedded heater can be used together. The melt water generated around the cooler 13, or the melt water that has fallen on the roof of the heater 151, falls on the cooler chamber and is discharged outside the refrigerator (for example, using an evaporation cup placed in the machine chamber 1A) through the melt water outlet port, which formed on the underside of the cooler chamber 131.

[0032] The damper 15 of the universal compartment as an air velocity control unit is configured, for example, to control the speed of cooling air, which will be directed to the universal compartment 4 as a storage compartment by means of a cooling air circulation fan 14 for controlling the temperature in the universal compartment 4 to a level preset temperature and switching the preset temperature of the universal compartment 4. Cooling air generated by cooling ug cooler 13, is sent to the universal compartment 4 through the channel 16 of the cooling air of the universal compartment as a channel of cooling air. In addition, the cooling air channel 16 of the universal compartment is located on the downstream side in the damper of the universal compartment 15.

[0033] Furthermore, the refrigerator compartment damper 55 as an air flow rate control unit is also configured to, for example, control the cooling air speed, which will be directed to the refrigerator compartment 2 as a storage compartment by means of the cooling air circulation fan 14 for controlling the temperature in the refrigerator compartment 2 to a predetermined temperature level and changing a predetermined temperature of the refrigerator compartment 2. The cooling air generated by the cooled I around the cooler 13 is sent to a refrigeration compartment 2 through the passageway 50 of cooling air as a refrigerating compartment cooling air passage.

[0034] Of the storage compartments, for example, the universal compartment 4 is a compartment (storage compartment) in which the temperature in the storage compartment can be selected from a variety of levels between the freezing temperature range (-17 degrees Celsius or less) and the temperature range vegetable compartment (from 3 degrees Celsius to 10 degrees Celsius). The temperature in the storage compartment is selected or switched by controlling the operation panel 60 mounted on any of the left door 7A of the refrigerator compartment and the right door 7B of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 1.

[0035] The universal compartment thermistor 19 (see FIG. 3), as the first temperature detecting unit for detecting air temperature in the universal compartment 4, is mounted, for example, on the surface of the side wall of the depth of the universal compartment 4. Thermocouple 22 (or infrared sensor, see FIG. .3) as a second temperature detection unit for directly detecting the surface temperature of stored products laid in the universal compartment 4, as a storage compartment is installed, for example, on the upper surface (in the center flange section, front surface section, rear surface section, etc.) of the universal compartment 4. The universal compartment damper 15 as an air flow rate control unit can control the air flow rate and close the air channel to block the flow of cooling air, located in the air channel by which cooling air is directed from the cooler chamber 131 to the universal compartment 4. The controller 30 controls the flap 15 of the universal compartment to open and close it accordingly The temperature detected by the thermistor 19 of the universal compartment as the first temperature detection unit (or the temperature detected by the thermocouple 22) so that the temperature in the universal compartment 4 is adjusted and within the selected temperature range or within the preset temperature range . In addition, the temperatures of the products as stored products in the universal compartment 4 are detected directly by the thermal converter 22 as a second temperature detection unit. It should be noted that in this example, the machine chamber 1A is located in the lowest portion in the rear of the refrigerator 1, but can be placed in the upper portion in its rear (in particular, in the uppermost portion in the rear).

[0036] (Mist Feeder)

The electrostatic spray device 200, as a fog generating device for supplying fog, for example, to sterilize and moisten the inside of the storage compartment, is located, for example, in the separation wall 51 (in the rear wall or the insulating wall) on the depth side (on the rear side) of the refrigerator compartment 2 as storage compartments. The electrostatic spray device 200 is housed in the interior of the refrigeration compartment 2 as storage compartments by a method by which its cooling element (such as a cooling plate) for collecting moisture in the air in the condensed water storage compartment is kept in contact or penetrates through a rear thermally insulated separation a wall 51 on the depth side of the refrigerator compartment 2, or a wall of the cooler chamber, in particular, a front wall of the cooler chamber 131 in which the cooler laden 13, cooling air circulation fan 14 and the like. Examples of the partition wall 51 may include a rear wall 730, side walls 790, an upper wall 740, a lower wall 780, and partition walls 24 between the storage compartments. This cooling element (such as a cooling plate) is arranged to perform cooling by means of cooling air in the cooling air channel 50 of the refrigerator compartment and in the cooling air channel 760 of the refrigerator compartment as cooling air channels formed on the rear side or sides relative to the partition wall 51 or higher or below the separation wall 51, or cooling air in the low temperature storage compartment (such as a freezer compartment, a compartment for manufacturing and a universal compartment, which is maintained at temperatures lower than in other storage compartments), different from the storage compartment, which is located on the opposite side of the storage compartment (such as a refrigerator compartment and a vegetable compartment) relative to the partition wall 51. Instead of what is described here an electrostatic atomizing device 200 can be placed sterilizer, disinfection apparatus, humidifier, etc., provided that the inside of the storage compartment can be sterilized ovana, disinfected or moistened.

[0037] (Display)

FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating a controller 30 of a refrigerator 1 in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention. The controller 30 includes a microcomputer 30a and controls according to pre-stored programs, for example, temperatures in the storage compartments of the refrigerator 1, rotational speeds of the compressor 12 and cooling air circulation fan 14, opening and closing the flap 15 of the universal compartment and the flap 55 of the refrigerator compartment and applying voltage to the fog generating devices 200 (electrostatic spray devices). The operation panel 60 includes the following switches.

(1) Compartment selection switch 60a for selecting storage compartments, such as a refrigerator compartment, a freezer compartment, and a universal compartment;

(2) Temperature range setting switch 60b for switching temperature ranges in storage compartments such as a universal compartment (e.g., "Cooling", "Freezing", "Strong Cooling" and "Soft Freezing"), and for switching, for example, between "Quick Cooling", "High", "Medium" and "Low" modes;

(3) Instant freeze switch 60c for adapting the inside of the storage compartment for low temperature storage through a subcooled state (instant freezing is also called “freezing with subcooling”);

(4) Ice making settings switch 60d for selecting ice making modes such as Transparent Ice, Normal, Fast, and Stop;

(5) A fog generator switch 60e for providing energy to the fog generating devices 200 for supplying fog (electrostatic atomization) to a storage compartment (electrostatic atomization selection).

(6) Internet connection switch (not shown) for establishing a wired or wireless Internet connection.

(7) A viewing switch (not shown) for viewing server information connected wired or wirelessly to a refrigerator, such as a cloud server and a mobile terminal, command contents from a server or a mobile terminal, or information transmitted to a server or a mobile terminal.

(8) A charge switch (not shown) for charging a mobile phone, mobile terminal, personal computer, etc.

[0038] In this context, a temperature detection sensor for detecting temperature in a storage compartment (such as universal compartment 4) is described. In this embodiment, as a temperature detection sensor for detecting temperature in a storage compartment (such as a universal compartment 4), a universal compartment thermistor 19 as a first temperature detection unit and a temperature transducer 22 as a second temperature detection unit are arranged. The temperature detected by the universal compartment thermistor 19 as the first temperature detecting unit for detecting the temperature of the air in the storage compartment (such as the universal compartment 4) is input to the microcomputer 30a of the controller 30. The microcomputer 30a (in particular, the temperature determination unit in the microcomputer 30a) determines the temperature through comparison with the set value and controls the temperature so that it is within the specified temperature range. In addition, the detection signals of the thermal converter 22 as a second temperature detection unit for directly detecting, for example, the surface temperature, for example, products in the storage compartment (such as the universal compartment 4), are input to the microcomputer 30a and converted to surface temperatures, for example, products by arithmetic processing by the microcomputer 30a (in particular, the arithmetic processing unit in the microcomputer 30a). After that, predetermined temperature control is performed, such as quick freeze control or freeze control with subcooling. In addition, the controller 30 performs various types of control, such as controlling the temperature in the storage compartments (in the refrigerating compartment 2, in the ice making compartment 3, in the universal compartment 4, in the vegetable compartment 5 and in the freezing compartment 6) and managing the energy supply electrostatic spray devices 200, and controls an operation panel 60 (display panel) mounted on any of the left refrigerator compartment door 7A and the refrigeration compartment right door 7B, or a server or mobile terminal that to display, for example, the predetermined temperature for storage compartments, temperature (surface) of products and the conditions of operation of electrostatic atomizing device 200 installed in the storage compartments.

[0039] (Structure of the box body of the refrigerator)

FIG. 4 is a horizontal section illustrating a refrigerator in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention. The horizontal refrigerator in FIG. 4 is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In FIG. 4, parts equivalent to those in FIGS. 1-3 are denoted by the same reference characters to omit their description.

[0040] In FIG. 4, the heat-insulating box body 700 of the refrigerator 1 is formed of an outer case 710 and an inner case 750, and a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is sandwiched between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750. A vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is placed on the rear of the refrigerator 1 and connected directly to the outer casing 710 using a second adhesive as a second intermediate member, such as hot-melt adhesive and double-sided tape. In addition, the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is attached directly to a part of the inner case 750 (in particular, to a substantially central portion in the right and left direction of the wall surface corresponding to the rear surface of the inner case 750) using an adhesive. In the right and left end portions (corner portions) near the side walls 790, with the exception of the substantially central portion of the rear surface of the inner housing 750, convex portions 450 are formed protruding on the front side relative to the rear wall 730. Vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed overlaid on the convex portions 450 to a predetermined length, but the convex sections 450 need not necessarily include parts corresponding to the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, and may include a part that is filled only urethane. In addition, the space between the inner case 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is filled with an adhesive as a first intermediate element (for example, self-adhesive thermal insulation foam such as solid urethane can be used). A vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is sandwiched between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710 via an adhesive as the first intermediate element (such as solid urethane). Thus, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is connected, firmly attached or attached to the inner housing 750 or the outer housing 710 using the first intermediate element and the second intermediate element.

[0041] It should be noted that when viewed from the front side (storage compartment side) of the refrigerator 1, the inner case 750 has a rear shape including a concave portion 440 having a concave groove shape that is located with the recess vertically in a substantially central portion (also called the "first concave portion"). In the concave portion 440, formed substantially in the central portion, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is attached directly to the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 by adhesive. In addition, when viewed from the front side (storage compartment side) of the refrigerator 1, the shape of the back of the inner case 750 is convex, protruding on its sides of the end portions in the transverse direction (in the right and left directions) to the side of the front opening portion (to the side storage compartments) with respect to the substantially central portion in the transverse direction (right and left). In other words, the shape of the back of the inner case 750 includes a concave portion 440 having the shape of a concave groove which is recessed substantially in the central portion in the transverse direction, to the side of the outer case (to the rear side of the refrigerator) relative to the left and right sides of the end sections, and a concave section 440 is formed in a vertical direction of the refrigerator in a storage compartment (such as a refrigerator compartment 2).

In other words, the concave portion 440 is formed from the side surfaces 452 of the convex portions 450 and the rear wall 730, and a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 having a flat shape is disposed between a portion of the inner case 750 corresponding to the inner surface (storage compartment side) of the rear wall 730, and part of the outer casing 710 corresponding to the outer surface of the rear wall 730. It should be noted that, although not shown, a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 having a flat shape can also be placed between each other by them parts of the inner case 750 corresponding to the inner surfaces (storage compartment side) of the side walls 790, and other parts of the outer case 710 corresponding to the outer surfaces of the side walls 790. The cooling air channel 760 formed in the rear wall 730 or in the concave portion 440 includes the first component 762 of the air channel, which is a structural element in the form of a coating, and the second component 764 of the air channel having heat-insulating properties and placed on the back side (on the side morning housing 750) of the first component 762 of air channel. The cooling air channel 760 is located in the concave portion 440. The first air channel component 762 as a coating element or the second air channel component 764 include mounting sections (gripping sections), for example for insertion or gripping by mounting sections (gripping sections), formed on the convex portions 450 or on the rear wall 730 using fasteners, such as screws. By this, the coating element 760 is mounted on the convex portions 450 or on the rear wall 730.

[0042] In the convex portions 450 formed on the left and right sides of the terminal portions at the rear in the storage compartment, on the central side in the transverse direction (in the overlap length range X), a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is disposed between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 and the adhesive as the first intermediate element (self-adhesive heat-insulating foam 701, such as solid urethane) is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750. In addition, the external housing 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 connected to each other via the second adhesive agent as the second intermediate member. On the sides of the terminal sections in the transverse direction of the convex sections 450, the gaps between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 are filled with heat-insulating material 701 (such as solid urethane). Thus, there are parts in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not placed. Of course, when the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is increased in the width direction in the convex portions 450 so that the region in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed in the width direction is increased, there is the advantage that higher thermal insulation performance and strength can be obtained. box body. However, this configuration entails an increase in costs. Thus, when the thermal insulation performance and strength are equal to or greater than the predetermined values, there may be parts in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not placed.

[0043] It should be noted that in the concave portion 440, the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is attached directly to the outer casing 710 using a second adhesive as a second intermediate element and attached to the inner casing 750 using self-adhesive foam as a first intermediate element such as urethane (the space between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner housing 750 is filled, for example, with rigid polyurethane foam as an adhesive).

[0044] Thus, in a heat-insulating box body or refrigerator including a vacuum heat-insulating material, compared with the prior art (for example, see patent document 2), in which a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is placed directly in the inner case 750 in the direction the width of the back of the storage compartment, without placing a heat-insulating material 701, intended primarily for thermal insulation, such as urethane, in parts where a vacuum thermal insulation is placed The casing material, in accordance with this embodiment, the convex sections 450, which are formed of a heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, are placed in a vertical direction on the left and right sides of the terminal sections (on the sides of the terminal sections in the transverse direction), and therefore the strength the box body increases relative to twisting and bending by forming convex sections 450. In the configuration disclosed in patent document 2, the convex sections 450 and the parts where it is located akuumny insulating material 400, do not overlap each other in the direction of the rear part of the storage width. Thus, when the box-shaped body is curved, the convex portions 450 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be separated, which causes a decrease in strength and breakage of the box-shaped body. It should be noted that the edge sections of the vacuum heat-insulating material (parts formed only from the outer wrapping material) do not have cores and, therefore, do not have heat-insulating functions. In addition, the edge sections of the vacuum thermal insulation material have poor strength, and, therefore, are excluded from the components of the vacuum thermal insulation material.

[0045] Furthermore, as described in this embodiment, when the convex portions 450 are arranged in the width direction of the rear of the storage compartment and partially overlap (over the overlap length X) at least in the portion where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed, rigid polyurethane foam with which the convex sections 450 are filled also fills a part of the space between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner housing 750 on each side of the terminal sections in the transverse direction (in the right and left) of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. Thus, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam that will be loaded between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 at a position where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is facing the convex portion 450 can be set greater than the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam, which will be loaded between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 at a position where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 faces the concave portion 440. Thus, In fact, for rigid polyurethane foam, the joint area relative to the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the thickness of the parts corresponding to the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be increased. As a result, the bonding force between the rigid polyurethane foam and vacuum thermal insulation material 400 in the convex sections 450 is increased.

[0046] Thus, even when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 is reduced in the part corresponding to the concave portion 440, the bonding force between the convex portions 450 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the bonding force between the convex portions 450 and the side walls 790 (or peripheral walls where convex portions 450 are formed) can be significantly increased. As a result, the strength of the box body can be significantly increased. In addition, in the convex sections 450, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased. Thus, even when there are parts where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not placed, the thermal insulation performance is improved.

[0047] Furthermore, in the embodiment of the present invention, in contrast to Patent Document 2 of the prior art, the vacuum heat insulating material, the inner case and the outer case need not be molded into complex shapes in order to ensure the strength of the box body. In addition, an organic fiber filler and an inorganic fiber filler, which are inexpensive and have excellent thermal insulation properties (such as a cotton-like filler and a non-woven filler), can be used as a filler of a vacuum thermal insulation material. Thus, a heat-insulating box case, a refrigerator, a showcase, a hot water supply device, a device including a vacuum heat-insulating material, and the like, which are inexpensive, simple in structure and have excellent heat-insulating characteristics, can be provided.

[0048] By this, for example, the risk that the rear of the box body is deformed and forms concave-convex portions in the storage compartments, the risk that the box body is deformed and tilts the doors of the storage compartment (such as the refrigerator door 7), for example, can be eliminated. compartments) located in front of the storage compartments (such as the refrigerator compartment 2), the risk that the double doors (7A and 7B) will tilt and move left and right, and other risks. Thus, the doors of the storage compartment can smoothly open and close. In addition, the doors of the storage compartment on the left and on the right are not slidable, and thus an excellent appearance (excellent structural properties) can be maintained. In addition, the risk that the box body is deformed and, for example, causes a tilt or asymmetry of the mounting height between the left and right opening and closing doors or drawer guides that are attached to the inner walls or side walls of the left and right compartments, can be eliminated. for storage (such as a compartment 3 for making ice, a universal compartment 4, a vegetable compartment 5 and a freezer compartment 6). Through this, the drawers can slide in and out smoothly. In this way, a refrigerator and apparatus can be obtained that are excellent in reliability and usability.

[0049] Furthermore, when the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is flat in a state in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is mounted on the rear of the refrigerator 1, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is bent or curved in the right and left directions (in the width direction) or in a forward and backward direction. Also in this regard, in a state in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is mounted on a device, such as a refrigerator, when convex sections 450 including thermal insulation material such as urethane are formed in a vertical direction on the left and right sides of the terminal sections at the rear so that the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is formed as a unit with the urethane, which is filled with convex sections 450, the inner housing 750, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer core yc 710 are connected integrally with each other through the intermediary of the convex portions 450. Thus, there can be improved the strength of the box body 700 with respect to bending (in particular, in the forward and backward) and twisting. Thus, the portions of the openings of the storage compartments open in the front part are prevented from deflecting and deforming or leakage of cooling air due to the displacement of the sealing elements in the portions of the openings. As a result, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator and a device including vacuum heat-insulating material, which are excellent in reliability, performance and energy efficiency, can be provided.

[0050] Furthermore, the region between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 includes parts where a heat-insulating foam, such as urethane (convex sections 450) intended primarily for thermal insulation, is placed, and a part where the adhesive is placed, is not intended mainly for thermal insulation (for example, urethane can be used, provided that the material has self-adhesive properties, since the goal is mainly not thermal insulation, but connection) (concave section 4 40). Thus, in contrast to the parts where the heat-insulating material is mainly intended for performing thermal insulation, such as urethane, the part where the adhesive is mainly intended for making the connection (concave section 440) does not have to have a predetermined thickness for manifestations of the heat-insulating characteristics of the heat-insulating material, provided that the specified bond strength is ensured. Thus, the part that will be used primarily for joining (such as the concave portion 440) can be significantly reduced in the thickness of the adhesive. As a result, when solid urethane is used as an adhesive, the thickness of the urethane can be significantly reduced compared to the thickness in the parts that will be used mainly for thermal insulation. Thus, the wall thickness can be reduced by an amount corresponding to the difference in the thickness of the adhesive, and therefore, the internal volume of the storage compartments can be increased. With this, a refrigerator and apparatus that are excellent in usability can be provided.

[0051] It should be noted that conduit 720, as an element for locating conductive conductors for accommodating conductive conductors, such as control conductors and power conductors of the compressor and fan, is vertically integrated in the insulating material 701 to form convex portions 450 such as urethane. The conductors located in conduit 720 include control conductors for controlling, for example, opening and closing various shutters and operations, for example, compressor 12 and cooling air circulation fan 14, and power conductors for supplying electricity, for example, to compressor 12 and fan 14 circulation of cooling air. Conducting conductors, such as control conductors and power conductors, are routed through conduit 720 and connected, for example, to a compressor 12 located in a machine chamber 1A formed in the lower portion (or upper portion) of the refrigerator 1, with a controller 30 (such as a control panel ) located on the rear surface, on the lower surface or on the upper surface of the refrigerator 1, with a cooling air circulation fan 14, located, for example, in the cooler chamber 131, with a shutter 15 of the universal compartment and refrigerating compartment damper 55, which are housed in the cooling air ducts, and an operating panel 60 mounted on the door opening and closing (such as a refrigerating compartment door 7) arranged to cover the front of the storage compartment (such as the refrigerator compartment 2).

[0052] The width in the right and left direction of the vacuum insulation material 400 located on the rear of the refrigerator 1 is set smaller than the width between the inner walls 791 and 792 of the storage compartment for the side walls 790 of the refrigerator 1, and thus a plurality of loading ports 703 and 704 for the heat-insulating material, such as urethane, which are formed in the terminal portions in the right and left directions at the rear of the refrigerator 1, are not closed. By this means, the loading channels for a heat-insulating material, such as urethane, which will be loaded through the loading ports 703 and 704, are not closed.

[0053] It should be noted that when the width in the right and left directions of the vacuum insulation material 400 located on the rear of the refrigerator 1 is set equal to or less than the width (distance) between the inner walls of the compartment for storing the side walls 790 of the refrigerator 1 (between the left inner the storage compartment wall 791 and the right internal storage compartment wall 792), loading ports or loading channels for a heat insulating material such as urethane are not closed. Thus, the urethane-based thermal insulation material is constantly being charged, which leads to the advantage that there is no deterioration of the thermal insulation characteristics, etc. Meanwhile, when the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed in the same positions as the positions in the left and right end portions on the rear of the refrigerator 1, in which the loading ports 703 and 704 for the thermal insulation material, such as urethane, are placed or placed on the central side (inside ) relative to the loading ports 703 and 704, the loading ports 703 and 704 for the urethane-based thermal insulation material are not covered by the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. Thus, when loading through the loading ports 703 and 704, the heat The lining material, such as urethane, does not obstruct the flow (loading), for example, through the side walls 790, through the convex sections 450, or between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner case 750. As a result, the urethane loading does not fail, and the like. , and thermal insulation performance does not deteriorate.

[0054] Meanwhile, when, for example, parts of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 protrude outward in the width direction with respect to the inner walls of the side walls 790 of the refrigerator 1 and at least a portion of the loading ports 703 and 704 for the urethane-based thermal insulation material are closed, there is a risk that the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 blocks or obstructs the flow of urethane loaded through the loading ports 703 and 704 for the thermal insulation material, such as urethane, for example, through the side walls 790, es convex portions 450 or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750. As a result, loading failure may occur a heat-insulating material such as urethane, for example, in the side walls, and insulating characteristics may be deteriorated.

[0055] Thus, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed so that it does not protrude outward relative to the loading ports 703 and 704 for the thermal insulation material, such as urethane, which are formed in the left and right end portions on the rear side of the refrigerator 1, that is, is placed within the range between the boot port 703 on the left side (on one side) and the boot port 704 on the right side (on the other side), which are located on the left and right. Heat-insulating material, such as urethane, which is loaded through the loading ports 703 and 704, is not blocked and does not experience obstacles for loading into the heat-insulating box body (between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710, in particular, to the side walls 790, in the convex sections 450 between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750, and between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer case 710). Thus, a highly efficient heat-insulating box body and a refrigerator can be provided, the heat-insulating characteristics of which are not impaired.

[0056] It should be noted that when the width of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 protrudes outward relative to the loading ports 703 and 704 for the thermal insulation material, such as urethane, which are formed in the left and right end portions on the rear side of the refrigerator 1 (when the position of the end portions in the width direction vacuum thermal insulation material 400 are located on the outside relative to the positions in the left and right end sections on the rear side of the refrigerator 1, in which the loading ports 7 03 and 704 for urethane, etc.), the loading ports 703 and 704 may be covered by vacuum thermal insulation material 400. In order for the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 to not cover at least a portion of the loading ports 703 and 704, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 may have cut sections 33, such as a cut-out and a hole, which are formed in parts facing the loading ports 703 and 704. By this, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be increased in width, and therefore the thermal insulation characteristics can be better.

[0057] In this embodiment, heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, is loaded, or a separate heat-insulating material (insulating material other than urethane) is placed between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710 in which convex portions are formed (or between the inner case 750 and vacuum heat-insulating material 400), thereby increasing the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700. To further increase the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700, strengthening These elements can be placed in convex sections 450 (in particular, between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750, and near the terminal sections in the width direction of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400), or can be placed near the convex sections 450, in particular, outside convex sections 450 (in particular, in the inner part of the inner casing 750 or outside the inner casing 750).

[0058] When elements having low thermal conductivity (such as polymer elements made of resins) are used as reinforcing elements, there is an advantage in that the effect on the deterioration of thermal insulation characteristics is reduced. However, also when the periphery of the reinforcing elements is coated with heat-insulating materials, there is an advantage that the heat-insulating characteristics are not lost even when elements made of metals (such as aluminum and an aluminum alloy) are used. Each of the reinforcing elements may be in the form of a bar (such as a rod and a corner bar) or a tube shape. In addition, the inner casing 750 may include ribs, provided that the strength of the heat-insulating box casing 700 can be increased, in particular with respect to twisting and bending. It should be noted that the tube 720, which provides conductive conductors, such as control conductors and power conductors, and the refrigerant tube 725 can also be used as reinforcing elements. When conduit 720 and refrigerant conduit 725 are also used as reinforcing elements, additional reinforcing components may be omitted to reduce costs. In addition, the heat-insulating box body can be strengthened, and therefore, its strength can be increased. In addition, the reinforcing elements can be placed in the convex sections 450 or in the space between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710. Thereby, the reinforcing elements are hidden from the users, and therefore, excellent structural properties can be obtained. Thus, a heat-insulating box case, a refrigerator and a device can be provided, which are inexpensive and have excellent reliability and structural properties.

[0059] (Use of the concave portion as a cooling air channel (1))

The concave portion 440, in which the inner body 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 are connected directly to each other by means of an adhesive (including self-adhesive thermal insulation foam), is recessed relative to the convex sections 450 formed in the corner sections between the peripheral walls formed around the concave section 440 (such as side walls 790, upper wall 740 or partition walls 24). This concave portion can be used as the cooling air channel 760 (it should be noted that, for example, when the storage compartment is the refrigeration compartment 2, the cooling air channel 760 corresponds to the cooling air channel 50 of the refrigeration compartment, when the storage compartment is a universal compartment 4, the channel The cooling air 760 corresponds to the cooling air passage 16 of the universal compartment, and when the storage compartment is the vegetable compartment 5, the cooling air passage 760 corresponds to the cooling air channel of the vegetable compartment).

[0060] When the concave portion 440 is used as the cooling air channel 760, the U-shaped (or concave) portion of the opening of the second air channel component 764 is arranged so that it opens on the side of the storage compartment, and the first air channel component 762 the air channel cover is arranged so as to cover the U-shaped portion of the hole of the second air channel component 764 so that the hole portion of the second air channel component 764 is covered by the first air channel component 762. By this, the cooling air channel 760 can be formed in such a way that it has a substantially insulated space therein. Each of the first air channel component 762 and the second air channel component 764 is formed of a heat-insulating element such as polystyrene foam and resin. The second air channel component 764 located in the concave portion 440 includes a rear air channel element 765 on its rear side and side air channel elements 766 on its lateral sides.

[0061] The inner housing 750 forming the concave portion 440 is located behind the rear element (rear air channel element 765) of the second air channel component 764. A vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is connected to a part of the inner case 750 corresponding to the rear wall 730 by adhesive, and convex portions 450 formed from the inner case 750 are placed on the sides relative to the side elements (side elements 766 of the air channel) of the second channel component 764 air. Thermal insulation material 701, such as urethane, is located in the convex sections 450. Thus, the rear air channel element 765 and the side air channel elements 766 of the second air channel component 764 can provide thermal insulation characteristics even without thermal insulation properties. In particular, a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 located in the rear wall 730 provides thermal insulation characteristics on the rear side of the cooling air channel 760, and thermal insulation material 701 in the convex sections 450 provides thermal insulation characteristics on the sides of the cooling air channel 760. Thus, the rear air channel element 765 and the side air channel elements 766 of the second air channel component 764 can be formed of heat-insulating material such as polystyrene foam, but even when the elements are formed of resin or metal material without heat-insulating characteristics, the heat-insulating characteristics of the cooling air channel 760 can be provided. As a result, the elements of the second component of the air channel 764 can be formed of a heat-insulating material, such as polystyrene foam, having heat-insulating properties, but even when the elements are formed of resin or metal material without heat-insulating characteristics, dew sticking and the like can be prevented. or dew condensation caused by dew formation, for example, on elements of a cooling air channel 760.

[0062] Furthermore, the first air channel component 762 is formed, for example, from a heat-insulating element having heat-insulating properties, such as polystyrene foam or resin. By this, dew condensation is prevented in such a way that dew and the like. it did not stick and did not form on the side of the storage compartment. 4, the first air channel component 762 includes a protruding portion (protruding portion) 763 having a width greater than a width in the right and left direction of the concave portion 440 or a width in the right and left directions of the U-shaped portion of the opening of the second channel component 764 air. The protruding portion (protruding portion) 763 covers the portion of the opening of the second component 764 of the air channel or concave section 440, translating it essentially into an isolated state to form a channel 760 of cooling air. In addition, the protruding portion (protruding portion) 763 can be used to removably attach the first air channel component 762 to the convex portions 450 or to the second air channel component 764. It should be noted that, provided that the cooling air channel can be provided by closing the opening portion of the second air channel component 764, the first air channel component 762 need not cover the concave portion 440, and only close the opening portion of the second air channel component. However, when the opening portion of the concave portion 440 is closed, the mounting ability and the structural property of the first air channel component 762 are improved.

[0063] It should be noted that the components of the cooling air channel forming the cooling air channel 760 (such as the first air channel component 762 or the second air channel component 764) can also be used as reinforcing elements to increase the strength of the box body. When the strength of the box body or the stiffness of the box body (in particular with respect to twisting or bending) can be low, the first air channel component 762 or the second air channel component 764 can be used as a reinforcing element to increase the strength of the box body (stiffness of the box body). When the first component of the air channel or the second component of the air channel is made of resin, the component can have a predetermined thickness to such an extent that the strength of the box body can be ensured. To reduce the thickness, the first component of the air channel or the second component of the air channel can be made of metal having low thermal conductivity, instead of resin (in particular, it is preferable that the metal has lower thermal conductivity and greater thermal insulation characteristics than, for example, copper and aluminum). In addition, the first air channel component 762 or the second air channel component 764 may include transverse or vertical ribs to increase torsional and bending strength. When the strength or stiffness of the heat-insulating box body 700 is not important, the second air channel component 764 can be omitted, and the concave portion 440 can be used directly as the rear wall and side walls of the cooling air channel 760, while the first air channel component 762 can be placed so that it covers the hole portion of the concave portion 440.

[0064] When the concave portion 440 is used directly as the rear wall and side walls of the cooling air channel 760, the second air channel component 764 need not be placed. As a result, the structure of the heat-insulating box body 700 and the refrigerator 1 is simplified, and costs are reduced. In this case, it is only necessary that the first component 762 of the air channel was placed so that it covers the concave portion 440, and that the protruding section (protruding part) 763 of the first component 762 of the air channel was removably attached to the convex portions 450. When the protruding section (protruding part) 763 is attached directly to the convex sections 450, the strength of the box-shaped body is increased. When the first air channel component 762 is used as a coating to cover the concave portion 440, the concave portion 440 can be used as the cooling air channel 760. It should be noted that the stiffness of the first component of the air channel 762 can be increased by increasing the thickness of its plate or by forming ribs on it so that the first component 762 of the air channel is used as a reinforcing element. Also through this, the strength of the heat-insulating box body can be increased.

[0065] The cooling air passage 760 includes one or more cooling air supply ports 768 (cooling air outlets) through which cooling air must be supplied to a storage compartment (such as a refrigerator compartment 2 and a vegetable compartment 5). One or more (at least one) ports 768 supply of cooling air (outputs for cooling air) are formed through the first component 762 of the air channel or the second component 764 of the air channel so that the internal parts of the storage compartments are effectively cooled. Examples of cooling air supply ports 768 include side air outlets through which cooling air must be routed laterally in the storage compartment, front air outlets by which cooling air must be routed to the front, side front inclined air outlets, which can allow the cooling air to be guided from the side and inclined towards the front, the ascending front inclined air outlets, which can allow the cooling to be directed into air up and oblique to the front, descending front oblique air outlets that can allow cooling air to be directed downward and obliquely to the front, laterally oblique upward air outlets that can allow cooling air to be guided from the side and obliquely upward, or side obliquely descending air outlets, which can allow the cooling air to be guided from the side and inclined downward.

[0066] In the example described in this embodiment, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is located in the rear wall 730 of the thermal insulation box body 700 or on the rear of the refrigerator 1. However, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be placed in the side walls 790, in the upper wall 740 or in the bottom wall 780 of the heat-insulating box body 700 or in the side surfaces, in the upper surface or in the lower surface of the refrigerator 1. In addition, the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 can be placed in the door storage compartments for covering the front opening of the storage compartment (such as a refrigerator compartment door 7 and a freezer compartment door 11). In this case, the thermal insulation performance can be further improved.

[0067] In FIG. 4, cooling air supply ports 768 (cooling air outlets) are formed through the side surfaces of the cooling air channel 760 (side surfaces of the first air channel component 762 as a front cover). Around these cooling air supply ports 768, a protruding portion (protruding portion) 763 of the first air channel component 762 is disposed on end surfaces 451 of the front side of the convex portions 450. It should be noted that when the cooling air supply ports 768 (cooling air outlets) are formed through the side members 766 of the air channel of the second component 764 of the air channel, the cooling air channel 760 protrudes to the front side of the refrigerator 1 relative to the end surfaces 451 of the front side of the convex sections 450 by an amount corresponding to the size of the opening portion of each of the cooling air supply ports 768 (cooling air outlets). Thus, the end surfaces 451 of the front side of the convex portions 450 are recessed toward the depth (back) side relative to the end surface 769 of the front side of the first air channel component 762 as a coating. Thus, concave portions 770 recessed towards the depth (gaps between the protruding portion (protruding portion) 763 and the side walls 790) can be effectively used as spaces for placement.

[0068] In this embodiment, the front end surface 769 of the first air channel component 762 is formed as a coating and protrudes toward the storage compartment relative to the front end surfaces 451 of the front side of the convex portions 450. Thus, a height difference occurs (step sections 775) . These step sections 775 can be used to form the cooling air supply ports 768 (cooling air outlets). In addition, when step sections 775 are formed, spaces for accommodating storage elements such as food can be provided in spaces 770 between the side parts of the step sections 775 (side parts of the cooling air supply ports 768) and the side walls 790. Thus, when the first component of the air channel 762 includes a protruding part 763, step sections 775 may be formed. When the cooling air supply ports 768 (cooling air outlets) are formed through the steps e sections 775, elements such as foodstuffs that will be housed or stored in spaces of space that are spaces 770 formed on the sides relative to the stepped sections 775 can be effectively cooled.

[0069] (Use of the concave portion as a cooling air duct (2))

In the example described above, the concave portion 440 is used as the cooling air channel 760, and the cooling air supply ports 768 (cooling air outlets) are formed through the stepped sections 775. Alternatively, the stepped sections can be reduced as much as possible to increase the internal capacities of the compartments for storage.

[0070] FIG. 5 is a horizontal section illustrating another refrigerator in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention. The refrigerator in a horizontal section is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In FIG. 5, parts equivalent to those in FIGS. 1-4 are denoted by the same reference symbols to omit their description.

[0071] In FIG. 5, as in FIG. 4, the concave portion 440 is used as the cooling air channel 760.

In particular, the concave portion 440 is formed from the side surfaces 452 of the convex sections 450 and the rear wall 730, and a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 having a flat shape is disposed between a portion of the inner case 750 corresponding to the inner surface (storage compartment side) of the rear wall 730, and part of the outer casing 710 corresponding to the outer surface of the rear wall 730. It should be noted that although not shown, a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 having a flat shape can also be placed between other parts the asthma of the inner case 750 corresponding to the inner surfaces (storage compartment side) of the side walls 790, and other parts of the outer case 710 corresponding to the outer surfaces of the side walls 790. The cooling air channel 760 formed in the rear wall 730, or the concave portion 440 includes the first component 762 of the air channel, which is a structural element in the form of a coating, and the second component 764 of the air channel having heat-insulating properties and placed on the back side (inner side about the housing 750) of the first component 762 of the air channel. The cooling air channel 760 is located in the concave portion 440. The first air channel component 762 as a coating element or the second air channel component 764 include mounting sections (gripping sections), for example for insertion or gripping by mounting sections (gripping sections), formed on the convex portions 450 or on the rear wall 730 using fasteners, such as screws. By this, the first air channel component 762 or the second air channel component 764 is mounted on the convex portions 450 or on the rear wall 730.

The cooling air channel 760 includes a first air channel component 762 as a coating that is arranged to cover an opening portion on the side of the compartment for storing a second air channel component 764 that is at least partially or completely received in the concave section 440, or to cover the section the openings on the side of the storage compartment of the concave portion 440 and includes a concave portion 440 or a second air channel component 764. The first air channel component 762 is attached to or held onto the end surfaces 451 of the front side of the convex portions 450 or the air channel side elements 766 of the second air channel component 764. In this embodiment, the stepped sections 775 formed from the protruding portion 763 of the first air channel component 762 are small in size, and therefore it is difficult to form the cooling air supply ports 768 through the stepped sections 775 formed from the side surfaces of the protruding portion 763 of the first component 762 air channel. Thus, the cooling air supply ports 768 (cooling air outlets) are formed only on the front side of the first air channel component 762. However, the protruding portion (protruding portion) 763 of the first air channel component 762 can be reduced in thickness, and therefore the stepped portions 775 can be reduced. As a result, the interior of the storage compartment can be expanded in the depth direction by reducing the size of the stepped sections 775, and therefore, the volume for placement in the storage compartment can be increased.

[0072] It should be noted that the first air channel component 762 as a coating may be formed in a flat shape, as illustrated in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5, or may be formed in the shape of a curved surface (such as a circular arc shape or arch shape ) that protrudes toward the storage compartment. The shape of the curved surface of the first air channel component 762 has the advantage that the openings of the cooling air supply ports 768 can be directed not only toward the front surface in the storage compartment, but also in an oblique direction by forming holes in portions of the curved surface. The degree of freedom in positioning the cooling air supply ports 768 is increased, and therefore, the inside of the storage compartment can be completely cooled.

[0073] The first air channel component 762 can be attached or held on the end surfaces 451 of the front side of the convex sections 450 or on the second air channel component 764 after the second air channel component 764 is attached or held on the concave portion 440. B alternatively, in a state in which the second air channel component 764 is pre-attached or held to the first air channel component 762 as a unit, the assembly of the first air channel component 762 and the second component 764 anal air can be accepted or accommodated in the concave portion 440, and a protruding portion (projecting portion) 763 of the first air channel component 762 may be secured or retained on the convex sections 450 (such as front end surface 451 side). By this, the second air channel component 764 in the state in which it is attached or held onto the first air channel component 762 to form the cooling air channel 760 can be mounted on the convex portions 450 in the storage compartment, and therefore not only is assembly easier but also removal (assembly of the cooling air channel 760 may be formed from the first air channel component 762 and the second air channel component 764). As a result, the assembly of the cooling air channel 760 can be easily mounted with the possibility of removal on the inside of the storage compartment (in particular, on the convex sections 450).

[0074] In addition, in the concave portion 440, in which the adhesive as the first intermediate element, designed primarily to make the connection (including self-adhesive thermal insulation foam), is inserted between the concave portion 440 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, the adhesive in as the first intermediate element between the inner case 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (including self-adhesive thermal insulation foam) is small in thickness e. Thus, when the cooling air channel 760 (such as the first air channel component, the second air channel component 764, or the assembly of the first air channel component and the second air channel component) is mounted in the concave portion 440, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be damaged, for example, by screws. However, in this embodiment, the cooling air channel 760 is mounted on the convex portions 450. Thus, the cooling air channel 760 should not be mounted on the concave portion 440 in the position in which it faces the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, or in the inner case 750. B As a result, the outer wrapping material of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not damaged. Thus, a heat-insulating box case, a refrigerator and a device that are excellent in reliability and less susceptible to deterioration of the heat-insulating characteristics can be provided.

[0075] It should be noted that when the first air channel component 762 of the cooling air channel 760 is mounted on the convex portions 450 to cover the concave portion 440, the cooling air channel 760 may be formed without placing the second air channel component 764. Thus, a heat-insulating box case and a refrigerator can be provided in which the number of components that are inexpensive and excellent in assembly efficiency and reliability is reduced.

[0076] (Using the concave portion as a cooling air channel (3))

6 is a horizontal section illustrating another refrigerator in accordance with embodiment 1 of the present invention. The refrigerator in a horizontal section is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In FIG. 6, parts equivalent to those in FIGS. 1-5 are indicated by the same reference symbols to omit their description.

[0077] In Fig. 6, the concave portion 440 is formed from the side surfaces 452 of the convex portions 450 and the rear wall 730, and a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 having a flat shape is disposed between a portion of the inner case 750 corresponding to the inner surface (storage compartment side) of the rear walls 730, and a part of the outer casing 710 corresponding to the outer surface of the rear wall 730. It should be noted that although not shown, a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 having a flat shape is also placed between other parts of the inside the lower case 750, corresponding to the inner surfaces (storage side) of the side walls 790, and other parts of the outer case 710, corresponding to the outer surfaces of the side walls 790. The cooling air channel 760 formed in the rear wall 730, or the concave portion 440 includes a first component 762 of the air channel, which is a structural element in the form of a coating, and the second component 764 of the air channel having heat-insulating properties and placed on the rear side (side of the inner case 750) the first component 762 of the air channel. The cooling air channel 760 is located in the concave portion 440. The first air channel component 762 as a coating element or the second air channel component 764 includes mounting sections (gripping sections), for example, for insertion or gripping by mounting sections (gripping sections), formed on the back wall using fasteners such as screws. Thereby, the first air channel component 762 or the second air channel component 764 is mounted on the rear wall 730. In FIG. 6, gaps 770 are formed between the side portions (side surfaces) 766 of the cooling air channel 760 and the side surfaces (side parts) 452 of the convex portions 450, and these spaces 770 can be used as storage spaces. Thus, the storage capacity for items to be housed in a storage compartment (such as a refrigerator compartment 2) can be increased.

[0078] In FIG. 6, the cross-sectional shape of the second air channel component 764 of the cooling air channel 760, which is orthogonal to the direction of flow of cooling air (such as the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1), is U-shaped having an opening portion. In the storage compartment of the refrigerator 1, this U-shaped portion of the opening is positioned so that it is open to the rear of the refrigerator 1 (located in the concave portion 440 on the rear surface of the storage compartment). The second air channel component 764 is pressed against the first air channel component 762 so that the U-hole of the second air channel component 764 is adjacent to the part of the inner casing 750 corresponding to the concave portion 440. In this state, the first air channel component 762 is attached or held on convex sections 450. Through this, the cooling air channel 760 is formed from the second air channel component 764 and the inner housing 750. It should be noted that when the first air channel component 762 is formed from element having a heat-insulating function (such as polystyrene and a porous element), the second component 764 of the air channel can be omitted. Thus, the cooling air channel 760 can be formed from the first air channel component 762 and the inner housing. By this, an inexpensive refrigerator and apparatus can be provided. It should be noted that the cross-section of the second component 764 of the air channel, which is orthogonal to the direction of flow of the cooling air, has a U-shaped hole, but does not have to be U-shaped, provided that a channel of cooling air can be formed. In particular, a cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the direction of flow of cooling air may be an angular shape or an elliptical shape, provided that a cooling air channel can be formed therein. The cross-sectional shape of the cooling air channel may also be an angular shape or an elliptical shape. When formed into a circular or elliptical shape, the resistance decreases and the efficiency of the cooling air channel increases. In addition, the length in the depth direction with an elliptical shape that is elongated in the width direction can be set less than with a circular shape. Thus, the size of the protrusion in the storage compartment can be reduced, and the volume for placement can be increased.

[0079] It should be noted that, to form the cooling air passage 760, the first air passage component 762 or the second air passage component 764 can be directly attached or held to a part of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the concave portion 440. Alternatively, as illustrated in FIG. 4, the first air channel component 762 may include a protruding portion (protruding portion) 763, and the protruding portion 763 may be longer than in the case shown in FIG. 4, so that the protruding portion (you step) 763 could be attached to the convex sections 450 above the gaps 770. In this case, depending on where you want to attach the protruding section (protruding part) 763, the volumes for placement in the gaps 770 can be reduced by the protruding section 763. As countermeasures, the protruding portion (protruding part) 763 extends (above the gaps 770) to an area close to the upper wall 740 or the lower wall 780 located above or below the cooling air channel 760, the separation walls 24 for separating the storage space for each other or shelves 80, and is attached or held on convex sections 450. By this, reduction in storage space can be prevented (the risk that the high product to be placed can be struck against the protruding portion (protruding part) 763 so that the product cannot be placed).

[0080] It should be noted that the components of the cooling air channel 760 (the first component of the air channel or the second component of the air channel) can be directly attached or held near the upper wall 740 or lower wall 780 located above or below the cooling air channel 760, near the dividing walls 24 for separating storage compartments from each other or to be directly attached or held on the side walls 790 (in particular, when the protruding portion 763 is placed essentially centrally in the vertical In the direction of the gaps 770 or lower of the essentially center, and the tall product to be placed is placed in the gaps 770, the product to be placed can hit the protruding portion 763 so that the product cannot be placed, and therefore the protruding portion 763 is located at positions where the protruding portion 763 is less likely to be an obstacle, in particular near the upper wall 740 (or lower wall 780 or partition walls 24 for separating storage compartments from each other) so that in the end, even when the product to be placed is placed in the spaces 770, the protruding portion 763 is less likely to be an obstacle, and therefore, the volumes to be placed can be increased).

[0081] Further, the first air channel component 762, as a coating for coating at least a portion of the rear of the interior of the storage compartment, may include a covering portion of the air channel to form at least a portion of the cooling air channel 760 or coating at least portions of the cooling air duct 760, a rear covering portion extending in a width direction (to the right and left or toward the side walls 790) from the covering portion of the air duct to cover at least an hour l the rear wall 730 or the concave portion 440, and the side covering portions connected to the rear covering portion or formed integrally with the rear covering portion to cover at least a portion of the side walls 790. In addition, the rear covering portion can be mounted in in particular, be attached or held on a part of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the rear wall 730, the concave portion 440 or the convex portions 450. Alternatively, the side covering portions may be mounted, in particular awn be attached or retained on the inner housing portion 750 corresponding to the side walls 790 or the convex portions 450. Thereby, at least a portion of the rear wall 730, side walls 790 and convex portions 450 may be coated with a first component 762 as the air channel cover. As a result, the structural properties can be improved, and the assembly efficiency can be improved.

[0082] Furthermore, the first air channel component 762 as a coating for coating at least a portion of the rear of the interior of the storage compartment may include a covering portion of the air channel to form at least a portion of the cooling air channel 760 or coating at least portions of the cooling air duct 760, a rear covering portion extending in a width direction (to the right and left or toward the side walls 790) from the covering portion of the air duct to cover at least an hour l the rear wall 730 or the concave portion 440, and the upper / lower covering wall portion connected to the covering portion of the air channel or formed integrally with the covering portion of the air channel to cover at least a portion of the separation walls 24 arranged in the vertical direction of the rear wall 730 (including upper wall 740 or lower wall 780). In addition, the rear covering portion may be mounted, in particular, attached to or held onto a portion of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the rear wall 730, the concave portion 440, or the convex portions 450. Alternatively, the upper / lower covering portion of the wall may be mounted, in particular, be attached or held on a part of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the dividing walls 24 located in the vertical direction of the rear wall 730 (including the upper wall 740 or the lower wall 780). Through this, at least a portion of the rear wall 730, the separation walls 24, the upper wall 730 and the lower wall 780 can be coated with the first component of the air channel 762 as a coating. As a result, the structural properties can be improved, and the assembly efficiency can be improved.

[0083] In the cooling air channel 760 and the components of the cooling air channel 760 (such as the first component of the air channel or the second component of the air channel), one or more cooling air supply ports 768 through which cooling air formed by the cooler 13 and flows, for example, through the cooling air channel 760, to be fed into storage compartments (such as the refrigerator compartment 2, the vegetable compartment 5 and the freezer compartment 6), are formed through the side surfaces or the front surface of the cooling channel 760 air present. These cooling air supply ports 768 are located at positions where products to be placed or stored, such as food, in the storage compartment can be effectively cooled. The cooling air supply ports on the side surfaces and the cooling air supply ports on the front surface can be placed at the same level in the vertical direction. However, when these cooling air supply ports are located at different levels, cooling can be performed from different levels. By this means, placed or stored products, such as food, can be completely and effectively cooled. In addition, the cooling air supply ports 768 located on the right and left side surfaces (on the right side surface and on the left side surface) can also be placed at the same level in the vertical direction. However, when these cooling air supply ports are located at different levels, cooling can be performed from different levels. By this means, placed or stored products, such as food, can be completely and effectively cooled.

[0084] It should be noted that the dimensions of the width of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the position of its placement in the heat-insulating box body or refrigerator are the same as those shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. In particular, the width in the right and left directions of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 located in the rear wall 730 of the refrigerator 1 is set smaller than, for example, the width between the inner walls 791 and 792 of the storage compartment for the side walls 790 of the refrigerator 1. Thereby, loading channels for thermal insulation material, such as urethane, which will be loaded through loading ports 703 and 704 for urethane-based thermal insulation material that are formed on the rear side of the refrigerator 1, are not closed.

[0085] It should be noted that it is advisable to place the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 in a position where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 does not protrude outward relative to the loading ports 703 and 704 for the thermal insulation material, such as urethane, which are formed in the left and right end portions on the back of the refrigerator 1 (for example, in the position where the openings of the loading ports 703 and 704 are not closed, or in the position where the insulating material, such as urethane, which flows into the insulating box body (in particular In particular, to the side walls 790) through the holes of the loading ports 703 and 704, it is not blocked and does not experience obstacles to flow, for example, to the side walls 790 or to the rear wall 730). In particular, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed in a position on the central side in the transverse direction (inward) relative to the loading ports on the left and right (left loading port 703 and the right loading port 704) or in a position where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not superimposed on the loading ports 703 and 704 in the vertical direction. Thereby, a heat-insulating material, such as urethane, which will be loaded into the heat-insulating box body through the loading ports 703 and 704 (gaps 315 between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710, in particular the side walls 790 and the back wall 730) is not blocked and does not test obstacles to loading into the heat-insulating box body (gaps 315 between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710). Thus, the lack of loading and the lack of density of the insulating material are eliminated. As a result, a highly efficient heat-insulating box-shaped case and a refrigerator can be provided, the heat-insulating characteristics of which are not impaired.

[0086] It should be noted that the concave portion 440 as part of the direct connection, in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner housing 750 are directly connected to each other by means of an adhesive intended mainly to make the connection (including self-adhesive thermal insulation foam), includes stepped sections 776 formed in the insertion portions of the reinforcing element (such as convex sections 450) filled with a reinforcing element such as solid urethane and high obtuse by an amount corresponding to the height of the protrusion of the convex sections 450. The concave section 440 is located in the depth direction (back) relative to the convex sections 450. On the contrary, the convex sections 450 as part of the insert of the reinforcing element protrude forward in the depth direction relative to the concave section 440 as part of the direct connection to the value corresponding to the stepped sections 776. In addition, the concave section 440 as part of the direct connection, in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner the housing 750 is directly connected to each other using an adhesive, such as self-adhesive heat-insulating foam, includes stepped sections corresponding to the height (thickness) of the cooling air channel 760. The concave portion 440 is located in the depth direction (backward) relative to the end portion 769 of the front side of the cooling air channel 760. On the contrary, the end surface 769 of the front side of the cooling air channel 760 protrudes forward in the depth direction relative to the part of the direct connection by an amount corresponding to the stepped sections.

[0087] As described above, in accordance with this embodiment, the heat-insulating box body and devices, such as a refrigerator, a portable refrigerator and a display case, each of which is formed of an inner case 750 and an outer case 710 including a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 disposed between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710, include a part of the direct connection (concave section 440 in Fig.6), in which a vacuum thermal insulation material 400, located in the rear wall 730 in from division (such as a storage compartment) is directly attached to the inner case 750 by an adhesive such as self-adhesive thermal insulation foam, and parts of the reinforcing element insert (convex sections 450 of FIG. 6) in which the thermal insulation material 751, such as urethane inserted as a reinforcing element to increase the strength of the box body between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750. It should be noted that the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the outer The 7th casing 710 is attached directly to each other using a second adhesive, such as hot-melt adhesive and double-sided adhesive tape. A second adhesive, such as hot-melt adhesive and double-sided tape, can be pre-applied or attached to the side of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 or to the side of the outer casing 710, and therefore has the advantage that the adhesive can be reduced in thickness. However, uneven application, uneven bonding and the like can occur, and therefore, it is preferred that a self-adhesive thermal insulation foam be used between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750.

[0088] Further, in this embodiment, for example, the insertion portions of the reinforcing element (such as the convex portions 450) and the direct connection portion (such as the concave portion 440) are placed at the same level in the width direction in the storage compartment. Parts of the reinforcing element insert (such as convex sections 450) are placed in the left and right end sections in the width direction in the storage compartment, and a direct connection part (such as the concave portion 440) is inserted between the parts of the reinforcing element insert on the left and right with clamping between the parts reinforcing element inserts left and right. By this, the convex portions 450 (part of the insert of the reinforcing element) are formed in the right and left directions on the rear of the storage compartment, and the concave portion 440 (the direct connection portion) is formed between the convex portions 450. It should be noted that it is desirable that the concave portion 440 and convex sections 450 were formed over the entire range in the vertical direction in the storage compartment, taking into account the strength of the box-shaped case or the cooling air channel.

[0089] Thus, in the position facing the concave portion 440, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer casing 710 are directly held in contact or abut against each other through a second adhesive. Thus, the heat-insulating material does not have to be placed between the outer casing 710 and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400, and therefore, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased compared to the case in which the heat-insulating material is inserted. In addition, in the direct connection portion (such as the concave portion 440), the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner housing 750 are held in contact or abut against each other through adhesive foam. In this embodiment, in the part where the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is placed (such as the concave portion 440), the heat-insulating characteristics and strength are ensured by the vacuum heat-insulating material 400. Thus, the heat-insulating material, intended mainly for thermal insulation, does not have to be placed between the inner case 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, and therefore, the wall thickness can be reduced compared to the case in which heat zolyatsionny material inserted mainly for performing insulation. Thus, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased. It should be noted that when the adhesive must have flowability, for example, self-adhesive rigid polyurethane foam can be used, which is forced to flow in a two-phase state at intervals 315, followed by foaming. Also in this way, a connection can be achieved.

[0090] In this embodiment, the concave portion 440 can be used as a cooling air passage 760 through which cooling air should be directed to cool the inside of the storage compartment. Thus, the concave portion 440 at the rear of the storage compartment, which is difficult to achieve by the user, can be effectively used. Thus, the storage volume in the storage compartment can be effectively used. Furthermore, when a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is used having a predetermined strength (bending strength) and when the convex portions 450 are continuously formed in a vertical direction with a predetermined width in the storage compartment (preferably to such an extent that torsional strength or bending), the necessary advantages of the heat-insulating box body 700 and the refrigerator 1 can be obtained, and strength with respect to twisting and bending in board forward and backward and left and right. As a result, a heat-insulating box body 700 and a refrigerator 1 can be provided, which are excellent in reliability. It should be noted that, provided that the necessary advantages of the heat-insulating box body 700 and the refrigerator 1 are obtained and the strength with respect to twisting and bending in the forward and backward directions and in the right and left directions is ensured, the convex sections 450 need not be formed continuously in the vertical direction and can be formed in a single position or at intervals in multiple positions.

[0091] In this embodiment, on the left and right sides of the terminal portion (on the sides of the terminal portion in the transverse direction) on the rear part of the storage compartment, the convex portions 450 formed of heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, are arranged in the vertical direction. By forming the convex portions 450, the strength of the box body 700 and the refrigerator 1 is improved with respect to twisting and bending. By this, the risk that the box body 700 and the refrigerator 1 can be deformed and tilt the doors of the storage compartment (such as the door 7 of the refrigeration compartment of a pivoting (hinged) type) located in front of the storage compartments (such as the refrigeration compartment 2) can be eliminated, thereby the fact that, for example, one of the double doors (7A and 7B) on the left and right will be tilted or shifted, and other risks. Thus, the doors of the storage compartment can smoothly open and close. In addition, the doors of the storage compartment on the left and right are not slidable, and thus an excellent appearance can be maintained. In addition, with regard to sliding doors, the risk that the box body 700 is deformed and, for example, causes a tilt or asymmetry of the mounting height between the left and right drawer rails that are attached to the inner walls 791 and 792 (to the side walls) can be eliminated. left and right) storage compartments (such as compartment 3 for making ice, universal compartment 4, vegetable compartment 5 and freezer compartment 6). As a result, the drawers can slide in and out smoothly.

[0092] It should be noted that in this embodiment, each of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the thermal insulation material, such as urethane, which forms the convex portions 450, must have a given strength. Thus, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 has a bending modulus of 20 MPa or more, and a thermal insulation material such as urethane, which forms convex sections 450, has a bending modulus of 13.0 MPa or more (preferably 15 MPa or more) and has a density more than 60 kg / m ³ (preferably 62 kg / m ³ or more). To date, a heat-insulating material, such as urethane, has been used to obtain both the strength of the box body and the heat-insulating characteristics. Taking into account the strength of the box-shaped case, the urethane-based heat-insulating material should have a high modulus of elasticity of bending. However, solid urethane has such properties that when the bending modulus increases, the density increases, and when the density increases, the thermal insulation characteristics deteriorate. Thus, it is difficult to set the urethane bending modulus of about 10 MPa or more in order to obtain desired thermal insulation characteristics. As a result, the thickness of the urethane cannot be set, for example, less than about 15 mm. Meanwhile, since the thickness of the urethane is reduced, the wall thickness can be reduced, which leads to the advantage that the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased. However, since the urethane thickness is reduced to reduce the wall thickness, the urethane density increases, and the bending modulus also increases. By this, the strength of the box body can be increased. However, when the density is increased, the thermal insulation performance deteriorates. Thus, it is difficult to establish a urethane thickness less than a predetermined value (in particular, less than 15 mm).

[0093] The vacuum thermal insulation material 400 used in the present invention has a large bending modulus of 20 MPa or more. Thus, in the part where the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 (box-shaped case or walls) is placed, both the heat-insulating characteristics and strength can be ensured by the vacuum heat-insulating material 400. Also, when the heat-insulating material, such as urethane, is loaded between the outer case and urethane does not have to be used as a heat-insulating material, intended mainly for heat insulation, and therefore can be used as an adhesive. Thus, a thermal insulation material, such as urethane, can be used as an adhesive to connect the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 to each other or to connect the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer case 710 to each other. Thus, there is no problem even when the urethane thickness is reduced and the thermal insulation characteristics of the urethane are deteriorated. It should be noted that when the coating of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (the ratio of the area of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 relative to the surface areas of the box body 700 and the door) or the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (the ratio of the volume of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 relative to the gaps 315 between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750) are set equal to a predetermined value or more, thermal insulation characteristics and thermal insulation strength An insulating box body 700 can also be provided even when the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not partially placed.

[0094] Thus, as in this embodiment, in the part between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750, such as the concave portion 440, where the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is placed, when both the strength and the heat-insulating characteristics of the box-shaped body 700 are provided using a vacuum thermal insulation material 400, rigid polyurethane foam can be used between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer casing 710 or between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner casing 750 as leyaschego substance intended primarily for the connection. Thus, the thickness of the urethane can be reduced, and therefore, the deterioration of the thermal insulation characteristics of the urethane need not be taken into account. Thus, even when the thermal insulation characteristics of the solid urethane are deteriorated due to a reduction in the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam, that is, a reduction in the wall thickness, the thermal insulation characteristics of the box body are manifested by the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. Thus, there are no problems. As a result, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased by reducing the thickness of the urethane, that is, reducing the wall thickness. It should be noted that in any space from the space between the outer casing 710 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the space between the inner casing 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, the wall thickness can be further reduced by using a second adhesive, such as hot-melt adhesive and double-sided tape. By this, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be further increased.

[0095] It should be noted that when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam to be used as an adhesive, between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer casing 710 or between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the internal casing 750 is set equal to or less than a predetermined value or less than the thickness vacuum thermal insulation material 400, the wall thickness can be further reduced. Thus, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be further increased. In addition, when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam, which will be used mainly for joining, in any space from the space between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer housing 710 and the space between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner housing 750, less than the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 There is an advantage in that the wall thickness can be reduced. When the sum of the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer case 710 and the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 is less than the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, the wall thickness can be further reduced. Thus, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be further increased.

[0096] In this embodiment, rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer casing 710, or between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the internal casing 750, and the urethane thickness is reduced as much as possible. The same rigid polyurethane foam can be used not only between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer casing 710 or between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the internal casing 750, but also in parts that will be filled only with urethane without the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (inner parts of the walls) . A vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is absent in parts that will only be filled with urethane without a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (such as the internal parts of the walls or the internal parts of the convex sections). Thus, the thickness of the solid urethane can be increased by an amount corresponding to the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, and therefore, the thickness of the thermal urethane can also be increased. Thus, the thickness of the urethane in parts where there is no vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be set greater than the thickness of the urethane to be loaded between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer casing 710 or between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner casing 750. Thus, the density of urethane in parts where vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not placed can be set lower than the density of urethane in parts where vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed. azom, urethane heat insulating characteristics can be improved in parts where there is placed the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Thus, there may be provided with specified characteristics. In addition, in parts where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not placed, the thickness of the urethane can be increased, and therefore, the strength of the box body can also be increased. It should be noted that in this embodiment, in order to provide both the strength of the box-shaped case and the thermal insulation characteristics, the coating of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 (the ratio of the area of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 relative to the surface areas of the box-shaped body 700 and the door) or the fill factor of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 ( volume ratio of vacuum thermal insulation material 400 relative to gaps 315 between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750) are set equal to or greater than a predetermined value.

[0097] In this embodiment, the heat-insulating characteristics and strength of the box body are provided by the vacuum heat-insulating material 400. Thus, the urethane-based heat-insulating material to be used can be reduced in thickness and increased in strength so that it has a bending modulus 13.0 MPa or more (preferably 15 MPa or more). In addition, the urethane-based thermal insulation material to be used can also be increased in density by more than 60 kg / m ³ (preferably 62 kg / m ³ or more). Thus, urethane can be reduced in thickness, and therefore, the heat-insulating box body 700 can also be reduced in wall thickness.

[0098] (Convex cooling air duct)

In the example described above, the concave portion 440 (the space on the side of the storage compartment in the inner housing 750) is used as the cooling air passage 760. However, a cooling air channel 760 may be formed in each of the convex portions 450 (gaps between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710). Alternatively, a cooling air passage 760 may be further formed in place of the convex portions 450. FIG. 7 is a horizontal section illustrating another refrigerator in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention. The refrigerator in a horizontal section is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In Fig. 7, parts equivalent to those in Figs. 1-6 are indicated by the same reference symbols to omit their description.

[0099] In Fig. 7, the concave portion 440 is formed from the side surfaces 452 of the convex portions 450 and the rear wall 730, and a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 having a flat shape is interposed between a portion of the inner case 750 corresponding to the inner surface (storage compartment side) of the rear walls 730, and a part of the outer casing 710 corresponding to the outer surface of the rear wall 730. It should be noted that although not shown, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 having a flat shape can also be placed between other parts the walls of the inner case 750 corresponding to the inner surfaces (storage compartment side) of the side walls 790, and other parts of the outer case 710 corresponding to the outer surfaces of the side walls 790. Cooling air channels 760 formed through the convex portions 450 include a first channel component 762 air, which is a structural element in the form of a coating, and second components 764 of the air channel having heat-insulating properties and placed on the rear side (on the side of the outer casing) of the first th component 762 of air channel. Cooling air channels 760 are formed through convex portions 450. The first air channel component 762 as a coating element or each of the second air channel components 764 includes mounting sections (gripping sections), for example, for insertion or gripping by mounting sections (gripping sections) ) formed on the rear wall 730 or side walls 790 using fasteners, such as screws. By this, the coating element 760 is attached to the rear wall 730 or the side walls 790.

It should be noted that one, two or more convex sections 450, each of which has a cooling air channel 760 formed through it on the sides of the terminal sections in the transverse direction at the rear in the storage compartment. The cooling air channel 760 is formed from second air channel components 764, each of which is given a U-shape in cross section or a substantially rectangular cross-sectional shape (or formed from second components of air channel 764 and vacuum thermal insulation material 400), and convex portions 450 are formed from second air channel components 764 and an inner case 750 arranged to cover the side of the compartment for storing second air channel components 764. In other words, cooling air ducts 760 are inserted between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750. Each of the cooling air ducts 760 includes one or more cooling air supply ports 768 through which cooling air must be supplied to the storage compartment.

[0100] It should be noted that when the cross-sectional shape of the second component of the air channel 764 is a U-shape having a hole portion, this hole portion is positioned so that it opens on the side of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. Each of the cooling air channels 760 is formed by closing this U-shaped portion of the hole with a vacuum heat-insulating material 400. However, the U-shaped portion of the hole does not have to be placed so that it opens to the side of the vacuum about the heat-insulating material 400, and can be placed so that it opens to the side of the side wall 790 or to the side of the storage compartment and is covered by a heat-insulating material such as polystyrene foam. Also through this, cooling air channels 760 can be formed. In addition, the external cross-sectional shape of the second air channel component 764 may include any other shape, such as a rectangular shape, a circular shape (round tube shape) or an elliptical shape, provided that a cooling air channel 760 is formed therein. However, the circular shape and elliptical shape have the advantage that the channel resistance can be reduced. Compared to a circular shape, an elliptical shape elongated in the width direction has the advantage that the height of the protrusion into the storage compartment can be reduced. Thus, the effective volume can be increased, and therefore, great usability can be achieved. When the outer cross-sectional shape of the second air channel component 764 is a shape having opening portions different from the cooling air supply ports 768, such as a rectangular shape, a circular shape (round tube shape) or an elliptical shape, each of the cooling air channels 760 can only be formed from the second component 764 of the air channel.

[0101] It should be noted that when the second air channel component 764 of each of the cooling air channels 760 is formed from an element having a sectional shape with a predetermined torsional strength or a predetermined bending strength (such as a U-shape or a rectangular, circular (circular shape tube) or an elliptical external shape in cross section), the strength of the convex sections 450 is increased by means of cooling air channels 760 formed through the convex sections 450. Thus, the strength of the box addition housing can be increased. It should be noted that when the second component of the air channel 764 is formed from an element having a U-shape in cross section, and the box-shaped body is curved or bent so that the U-shaped portion of the hole can be expanded or narrowed to cause a lack of strength, it is advisable use a separate element (such as a plate element, a rod-like element and a rib element) to connect the ends of the hole portion of the second air channel component 764 so that the hole portion does not expand or narrow I, and to close the opening portion so as to ensure strength.

[0102] As described above, in this embodiment, instead of loading the thermal insulation material 701 into the convex portions 450, cooling air channels 760 are formed to function as reinforcing elements. Thus, in accordance with this embodiment, a heat-insulating box body and devices such as a refrigerator, each of which is formed of an inner case 750 and an outer case 710, including a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 placed between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710 include a direct connection part (concave portion 440 in FIG. 7) in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 at the rear in the storage compartment is directly connected to the inside the old case 750, for example, by means of an adhesive, and the insertion part of the reinforcing element (convex sections 450), in which the cooling air channels 760 are inserted as reinforcing elements to increase the strength of the box-shaped case between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750. Parts of the reinforcing insert element (convex sections 450) are placed in the corner sections between the rear wall 730 and the side walls 790. It should be noted that the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer casing 710 are connected to directly to each other using a second adhesive, such as hot-melt adhesive and double-sided tape.

[0103] It should be noted that self-adhesive rigid polyurethane foam can be used as an adhesive, which is the first intermediate element between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750. When rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive, the rigid polyurethane foam does not have to function as a thermal insulation material. Thus, the thickness of the adhesive can be reduced when urethane is used as the adhesive. In this case, it is preferable that the urethane thickness is less than the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, in particular approximately 11 mm or less. Since the thickness of the adhesive is reduced, the wall thickness can be reduced, which leads to the advantage that the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased. In particular, it is preferred that the thickness of the adhesive is less than 10 mm, in particular about 6 mm or less. When the thickness of the adhesive is less than 1 mm, concave-convex portions on the surface of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 partially interfere with the connection, which can cause such a qualitative deterioration that the inner body 750 peels off the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. Thus, when urethane is used as the adhesive substances, preferably, the thickness of the adhesive was 3 mm or more. In addition, when rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive, taking into account the strength, it is preferable that its density is more than 60 kg / m ³ . It should be noted that in order to increase the strength of the box body, it is preferable that the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 has a bending modulus of 13 MPa or more, and that the thermal insulation material 701 to be loaded into the convex sections 450 has a bending modulus of 13 MPa or more and the density is greater 60 kg / m ³ .

[0104] (Use of the concave portion as a cooling air duct (4))

Next, with reference to Figs. Fig is a horizontal section illustrating another refrigerator in accordance with embodiment 1 of the present invention. The refrigerator in a horizontal section is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 (the same applies to figure 4-7). FIG. 9 is a front view illustrating a refrigerator 1 according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention viewed from the front in a state in which the front opening and closing doors of the refrigerator 1 are removed, and FIG. 10 is a side sectional view illustrating the refrigerator 1 in accordance with embodiment 1 of the present invention. In Figs.

[0105] In Fig. 8, each of the convex sections 450 is given a substantially triangular shape, and the side surfaces of the convex sections 450 correspond to the inclined sides 456. In each of the convex sections 450, the rear wall side end portion 798 is connected as one end to the rear wall 730, and the lateral end portion 797 of the side of the wall as the other end is connected to the side wall 790. The concave portion 440 is formed of inclined sides 456 corresponding to the side surfaces of the convex sections 450 and the rear wall 730, and a vacuum heat-insulating material l 400, having a flat shape, is located between the part of the inner case 750 corresponding to the inner surface (storage compartment side) of the rear wall 730 and the part of the outer case 710 corresponding to the outer surface of the back wall 730. It should be noted that although this is not shown, the vacuum a heat-insulating material 400 having a flat shape can also be placed between other parts of the inner case 750 corresponding to the inner surfaces (storage compartment side) of the side walls 790, and other parts externally casing 710, corresponding to the outer surfaces of the side walls 790. The cooling air channel 760 formed in the rear wall 730 or in the concave portion 440 includes a first air channel component 762, which is a structural element in the form of a coating, and a second air channel component 764, having thermal insulation properties and located on the rear side (on the side of the inner housing 750) of the first component 762 of the air channel. The cooling air channel 760 is located in the concave portion 440. The first air channel component 762 as a coating element or the second air channel component 764 includes mounting sections (gripping sections), for example, inserts or gripping mounting sections (locking sections) formed on convex sections 450 or on the rear wall 730 using fasteners, such as screws. By this, the first air channel component 762 or the second air channel component 764 is mounted on the convex portions 450 or on the rear wall 730.

A concave portion 440 is formed at the rear in the storage compartment, and a portion in the width direction of the concave portion 440 (e.g., a substantially central portion in the width direction) is used as the cooling air passage 760. The cooling air channel 760 can be used as the cooling air channel 50 of the refrigerator compartment through which cooling air is supplied to the refrigerator compartment 2, in particular, as a cooling air channel through which the cooling air is supplied to the electrostatic atomizing device 200 (mist generator), or fog is supplied from the electrostatic atomization device 200 to the refrigerator compartment as a storage compartment along with cooling air. In addition, the cooling air channel 760 includes a second air channel component 764 formed substantially in the central portion of the concave portion 440, and a first air channel component 762 as a coating arranged to cover the second air channel component 764. The first air channel component 762 is U-shaped having a hole section in cross section, and it includes a front surface portion 761 and side surface portions 767.

[0106] The portions of the side surface of the first component of the air channel 762 (such as the coating of the air channel) are arranged so that they are kept in contact at least partially with the protruding sections 910 mounting as protruding sections of the inner housing 750 that protrude on the side of the storage compartment in the concave portion 440. The side surface portions or the front surface portion are attached or held to the protruding fastening portions 910. In this embodiment, at least portions of the inner side surfaces of the side surfaces of the first air channel component 762 are held in contact with the outer side surfaces of the protruding sections 910, and the first air channel component 762 is attached or held by screws, an adhesion structure, a mounting structure, and t .P. By this, a cooling air channel 760 is formed. It should be noted that the first component 762 of the air channel, which in this case is given a U-shape in cross section, can be given a substantially semicircular shape, a curved surface shape (arch shape) or a substantially V-shaped. In addition, the first component of the air channel 762 only needs to be attached or held, for example, on the protruding sections 910, on the inner case 750 (on the wall surface) forming the storage compartments, on the shelves 80 and on the partition walls (such as the back wall 730 , side walls 790, upper wall 740, lower wall 780 and dividing walls 24 between storage compartments). In addition, the first component 762 of the air channel can be given any shape, provided that the channel 760 of cooling air can be formed in it.

[0107] The cooling air channel 760 is connected to the cooler chamber 131 via a damper 55 of the refrigerator compartment as an air velocity control unit, and the cooling air formed by the cooler 13 located in the cooler chamber 131 is guided by the cooling air circulation fan 14 (internal fan), which is located in the cooler chamber 131, into the cooling air channel 760 as the cooling air channel 50 of the refrigerator compartment through the air channel 16 and the refrigerator compartment damper 55 as a unit systematic way air flow rate. Cooling air directed to the cooling air passage 760 is supplied to storage compartments (such as the refrigeration compartment 2) via cooling air supply ports 768 formed through the first air passage component 762, the second air passage component 764, or the protruding attachment portions 910.

[0108] In this embodiment, one or more (at least one) cooling air supply ports (cooling air outlets) 768 leading to the inside of the storage compartment are formed through a front surface portion or side surface portions of the first air channel component 762 . When a second air channel component 764 is disposed, one or more (at least one) cooling air supply ports (68) for cooling air outlets (cooling air outlets) are formed through a front surface portion, side surface portions, or a rear surface portion of the second air channel component 764. 8, a cooling air supply port 768 is formed in a portion of a front surface of a first air channel component 762 and penetrates a portion of a front surface of a second air channel component 764. However, when the cooling air supply ports 768 are formed in portions of the side surface of the first air channel component 762 to contact (or penetrate) the portions of the side surface of the second air channel component 764, cooling air can be supplied not only through the front surface portion, but also through sides to the storage compartment. Thus, cooling air can be supplied carefully and efficiently. It should be noted that the cooling air supply port of the first air channel component 762 and the cooling air supply port of the second air channel component 764 need not be formed in the same position (at the position in which the cooling air supply ports are interconnected), and can be formed in other positions (in positions in which the cooling air supply ports are not interconnected). In particular, the cooling air supply port of the first air channel component 762 can be formed in the front part, and the cooling air supply port of the second air channel component can be formed in the part that is vertically offset from the position of the cooling air supply port of the first air channel component (in the section front surface and on the side surface area), or in a position that differs in the right and left directions at the same level (on the side surface area).

[0109] The end surface of the front side 769 of the front surface portion 761 of the first air channel component 762 and the concave portion 440 (rear wall of the storage compartment) are different in height on the storage compartment side (in the front direction of the refrigerator 1), and step sections (stepped sections 775) are formed between them with a value corresponding to the difference in height. When the cooling air supply port 768 (such as an opening or cutout) is not formed through the stepped sections 775 (in particular, on the side surface sections 767 of the first air channel component 762 as an element for forming the outer shell of the cooling air channel 760 or the protruding sections 910), the end surface 769 of the front side of the first component of the air channel 762 can be reduced (the thickness (height) of the protrusion on the inner side (side of the storage compartment) can be reduced) by an amount corresponding to th port opening or cutout 768 feed cooling air. Thus, the protrusion of the stepped sections 775 to the inner side can be reduced. As a result, the interior of the storage compartment can be expanded in the depth direction by the amount of reduction of the stepped sections 775, and therefore, the volume for placement in the storage compartment can be increased.

[0110] It should be noted that the protruding portions 910 are formed in at least two positions in the width direction (the right protruding portion and the left protruding portion when viewed from the front opening of the refrigerator 1). The space between the protruding sections 910 on the right and left corresponds to the second concave section 441, and the second concave section 441 has a vertical groove shape. The protruding sections 910 are formed continuously or intermittently in the vertical direction by the protrusion of a portion of the inner case at the rear of the storage compartment, which forms a concave portion 440 on the side of the storage compartment (in particular, the protruding sections 910 are formed in at least two positions and extend along substantially parallel to each other in the vertical direction so that the shape of the groove (second concave portion 441) is formed between them). It should be noted that the protruding sections 910 can be formed separately from the inner housing 750.

[0111] Furthermore, by concave-convex mounting or by means of an interlocking structure, screws, and the like. the side of the inner surface of the portions of the side surface 767 of the first component 762 of the air channel is held or attached to the outer surfaces of the protruding portions 910, forming a second concave portion 441 between them (the outer side surfaces of the protruding portions 910, forming the shape of the grooves between them). In particular, concave-convex mounting structures for holding or attaching the first component of the air channel 762 by means of a concave-convex mounting or fastening elements (or a holding unit) including protruding mating portions that will be engaged with the concave sections or convex portions for holding or the attachments of the first air channel component 762 are provided to the first air channel component 762 and protruding portions 910. Thereby, the first air channel component 762 is attached or is held in protruding portions 910 forming a second concave portion 441 between each other (in particular, mating portions are formed on the first air channel component 762, and concave portions or convex portions are formed on the protruding portions 910 in positions facing the engaging portions so that the first component 762 the air channel was attached or held on the protruding sections 910 using a simple structure for easy pressing the first component 762 of the air channel to the protruding sections 910, forming among themselves second concave portion 441).

[0112] In this embodiment, for example, as described above, a space is formed surrounded by at least two protruding portions 910 formed in the vertical direction substantially centrally in the transverse direction (left and right) on the rear of the refrigerator 1, a second concave portion 441 (groove shape) formed on the side of the storage compartment of the rear wall 730, and a first air channel component 762 (such as a U-shaped element having a U-shaped or curved surface element STI-shaped arch) (space formed in the vertical direction substantially in the central portion in the transverse direction of the refrigerator 1). The space surrounded by the second concave portion 441 and the first component 762 of the air channel can be used as a channel 760 of cooling air. Alternatively, as illustrated in FIG. 8, the second air channel component 764 may be received in a space surrounded by the second concave portion 441 and the first air channel component 762 such that the second air channel component 764 is used as the cooling air channel 760. It should be noted that the protruding sections 910 or sections 767 of the side surface of the first component 762 of the air channel does not have to be continuous in the vertical direction, provided that the air channel and the cooling air supply ports 768 can be formed that can allow cooling air in the air channel to be supplied through them to a storage compartment (such as a refrigerator compartment 2).

[0113] A plurality of protruding portions 910 may be formed with gaps in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 so that portions without protrusions that are formed between the plurality of protruding portions formed with gaps in the vertical direction (such as cut parts formed, for example, by periodically cuts of vertical protruding sections), were used as ports 768 for cooling air supply leading to the inside of the storage compartment. In this case, portions without protrusions between the plurality of protruding portions formed in a vertical direction in the first air channel component 762 (periodically cut portions formed in the vertical protruding sections) can be closed to form an air channel, or a second air channel component 764 can be used to form an air channel. Alternatively, the protruding portions 910 can only be used as attachment portions or holding portions for attaching or holding the first air channel component 762. When the space surrounded by the first component 762 of the air channel and the second concave portion 441 formed of two protruding sections 910 located on the right and left in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 (the space formed in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1) is used directly as the channel 760 of cooling air it is preferable that the first component 762 of the air channel or protruding sections 910 were formed from an element having thermal insulation characteristics, such as heat insulation material to prevent dew condensation or increase the temperature of the cooling air in the cooling air channel 760. In this case, it is advisable to form the protruding sections 910 so that it protrudes from the inner case 750 so that it is loaded with urethane-based insulation material.

[0114] The space surrounded by the first component 762 of the air channel and the second concave portion 441 formed of two protruding sections 910 arranged in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 (the space formed in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1) can be used directly as the cooling air channel 760 . In this space, a second air channel component 764 may be placed to form a cooling air channel 760. By arranging the second air channel component 764, the second air channel component 764 can be formed from a heat-insulating material such as polystyrene foam, and therefore, the first air channel component 762 or protruding sections 910 need not be formed from an element having heat-insulating characteristics, such as thermal insulation material. As a result, the first air channel component 762 or protruding portions 910 can be simplified in structure. In addition, the second component 764 of the air channel can be formed, for example, from a heat-insulating material that is easy to process, such as polystyrene foam and resins. Thus, the second component of the air channel 764 can be machined or molded so that it has various cross-sectional shapes (external cross-sectional shapes), such as a circular shape, an elliptical shape or a polygonal shape (in particular, a triangular shape, a quadrangular shape or a hexagonal shape) . In addition, the cross-sectional shape can also easily be imparted to the air channel, which is reduced in resistance to the air channel, for example, pressure loss and flow loss in the air channel (in particular, circular shape, elliptical shape, elongated in the width direction, etc.). Thus, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator and a device that are excellent in efficiency can be provided.

[0115] In a state in which the second air channel component 764 is attached or held to two protruding portions 910 (there may be two or more protruding portions 910) arranged in a width direction, the second air channel component 764 is placed in a space surrounded by the first component 762 an air channel and a second concave portion 441 formed from the inner housing 750 and two protruding portions 910 arranged in the width direction of the refrigerator 1 (two protruding portions 910 are formed continuously or at intervals longitudinal direction) (the space formed in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1). The second component of the air channel 764 has an air channel structure such that a cooling air channel 760 is formed in it. The air channel in the second component 764 of the air channel is formed and has an external cross-sectional shape, such as a circular shape, an elliptical shape or a polygonal shape (in particular, a triangular shape, a quadrangular shape or a hexagonal shape) so that a cooling air channel 760 is formed in it. The second component of the air channel can be given any shape provided that a cooling air channel 760 can be formed in it. It should be noted that the cross-sectional shape of the component forming the air channel therein, such as the first component of the air channel 962 or the second component of the air channel 764, refers to the cross-sectional shape in a direction substantially orthogonal to the direction of flow of air or cooling air.

[0116] It should be noted that examples of the external sectional shape of the cooling air channel 760, which is formed in the second air channel component 764, include a circular shape, an elliptical shape or a polygonal shape (in particular a triangular shape, a quadrangular shape or a hexagonal shape), and the external sectional shape of the cooling air channel 760 only needs to be equivalent or similar to the sectional shape of the second air channel component 764. However, the external cross-sectional shape of the cooling air channel 760 may differ from the cross-sectional shape of the second air channel component 764. In particular, when the outer cross-sectional shape of the second air channel component 764 is substantially quadrangular, the outer cross-sectional shape of the cooling air channel 760 may be substantially circular, elliptical, or substantially triangular. Thus, there are no problems, even when the external cross-sectional shapes are different from each other. However, in the cross section of the air channel in the second component of the air channel 764, greater high efficiency can be achieved when the resistance of the channel is lower with the passage of air (cooling air). Thus, a circular shape and an elliptical shape are preferred with respect to an angular shape, a triangular shape and other shapes. In addition, compared with a circular shape, an elliptical shape elongated in the width direction has the advantage that the height during placement (the height of the protrusion in the storage compartment) can be reduced. Thus, the vertical size in the storage compartment can be increased, and therefore, great usability can be achieved. Thus, the second component 764 of the air channel only needs to be able to form a channel of cooling air. In particular, a cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the direction of flow of cooling air, for example, may be an angular shape or an elliptical shape, provided that a cooling air channel 760 can be formed. The cross-sectional shape of the cooling air channel 760 may also be, for example, an angular shape or an elliptical shape. When round or elliptical, the cooling air channel 760 decreases in channel resistance and increases in efficiency. In addition, the length in the depth direction in an elliptical shape that is elongated in the width direction can be set less than with a round shape. Thus, the size of the protrusion in the storage compartment can be reduced, and the storage volume can be increased (when the cross-sectional shape of the second air channel component 764 or the cross-sectional shape of the cooling air channel 760 is elliptical, it is preferable that the length in the width direction (in the direction major axis) was installed more than in the depth direction (in the direction of the minor axis)). Furthermore, when the second air channel component 764 is formed by assembling two, three or more segments into a single air channel component, there is an advantage in that the second air channel component 764 can be easily processed and assembled. When the sectional shape of the second air channel component 764 or the sectional shape of the cooling air channel 760 is elliptical and the second air channel component 764 is divided into segments, dividing the second air channel component 764 into two segments in the cross section of the major axis provides the advantage that the processing ability and assembly efficiency are increased.

[0117] The cooling air (air), which is formed by the cooler 13 as a heat exchanger placed in the cooler chamber 131, is forced to flow into the cooling air channel 760, which is formed, for example, in the second air channel component 764, through the air channel 16, the refrigeration damper 55 compartments and the like, and then it is supplied to the storage compartment through the cooling air supply ports 768. In addition, a space surrounded by a second concave portion 441 and a first air channel component 762 is used as a cooling air channel 760. In this embodiment, the space to be used as the cooling air channel 760 is formed in the vertical direction in a substantially central portion in the transverse direction on the rear of the refrigerator 1. When viewed from the front (front surface) of the refrigerator, the space is formed in one position essentially in the center in the width direction (left and right) of the refrigerator 1, but does not have to be formed in one position. The space may be formed in two or more positions in the width direction (left and right) of the refrigerator 1. Furthermore, the space does not have to be formed essentially in the central portion and can be formed on the end side in the width direction.

[0118] When the space to be used as the cooling air channel 760 is formed in two or more positions, the cooling air channel through which the cooling air formed by the cooler 13 as a heat exchanger in the cooler chamber 131 must be supplied to the storage compartments ( such as the refrigerator compartment 2, the vegetable compartment 5, the universal compartment 4 and the refrigerated compartments 2X and 2Y), and the fog air passage through which the fog generated by the fog generating device 200 must be supplied n to storage compartments (such as refrigerator compartment 2, vegetable compartment 5, universal compartment 4 and refrigerated compartments 2X and 2Y), do not have to be used together and can be separated from each other. When the air channels are formed independently of each other, the supply of cooling air (turning on / off the supply of cooling air or the cooling rate of the air flow) and the supply of fog (turning on / off the supply of fog or the speed of the fog) can be controlled independently, for example, by means of a unit control air flow rate. Of course, there is also no problem when the cooling air channel and the fog air channel are used together.

[0119] When the second air channel component 764 is located, it is advisable that the second air channel component 764 be attached or held onto the first air channel component 762. Alternatively, the second air channel component 764 may be held or secured, for example, to protruding portions 910, inner case 750, shelves 80, dividing walls 24, or to the wall surface (such as rear wall 730, upper wall 740, and lower wall 780 ) When the second air channel component 764 is attached or held onto the first air channel component 762 such that the first air channel component 762 and the second air channel component 764 are integrally formed into the air channel assembly, the first air channel component 762 and the second component 764 air ducts can be easily mounted on a heat-insulated box housing 700 or a refrigerator 1 and can also be easily removed. It should be noted that when the assembly can be shaped so that the second air channel component 764 forms independent air channels, the second air channel component 764 can be used as an air channel assembly. Thus, the assembly of the air channel can be removably mounted inside the storage compartments (in particular, on the protruding sections 910, on the concave section 440, on the second concave section 441, on the first component 762 of the air channel, on the inner case 750 or on the shelves 80). In addition, the cooling air channel 760 need not be formed with the inner case 750 in order to face the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (the part of the inner case corresponding to the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441), and therefore is simplified in structure. As a result, low-cost heat-insulating box housing, a refrigerator and a device can be provided.

[0120] Furthermore, when the first air channel component 762 or the air channel assembly (the second air channel component 764 or the assembly of the first air channel component 762 and the second air channel component 764) are mounted, for example, on the protruding sections 910, on the first channel component 762 air or on shelves 80 inside the storage compartments, the first component 762 of the air channel or the assembly of the air channel should not be mounted directly to the inner casing 750 in the position facing the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (to the fitted portion 440 or to the second concave portion 441). Thus, during installation of the cooling air duct 760, the inner housing 750 can be protected, for example, from deformation, damage, or splintering. As a result, the inner case is protected from damage, for example, of the outer wrapping material of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400. In this way, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator and a device that are excellent in reliability and less prone to deterioration of the heat-insulating characteristics can be provided.

[0121] It should be noted that when the first air channel component 762 of the cooling air channel 760 is formed and covers the concave portion 440 or the second concave section 441, the cooling air channel 760 may be formed without placing the second air channel component 764. Thus, a heat-insulating box case and a refrigerator can be provided in which the number of components that are inexpensive and excellent in assembly efficiency and reliability is reduced. In this case, it is advisable that the first component 762 of the air channel was attached or held, for example, on the convex sections 450, on the shelves 80, on the dividing walls 24 or on the walls (back wall 730, side walls 790, upper wall 740 and lower wall 780).

[0122] When viewed from the front side (front side side) of the refrigerator 1, the convex portion 450 is formed in at least one position (in one or more positions) in the corner portion in the width direction at the rear of the storage compartment (end portions left and right in the direction of width or end sections in the direction of width). To increase the strength of the box body (the stiffness of the box body), such as the torsional, bending, or compressive strength of the box body, a heat-insulating material 701, such as rigid polyurethane foam, is loaded and formed between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710. In the concave portion 440 or the second concave section 441, the strength of the box-shaped body is ensured by setting the strength of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 to a predetermined value or more (in particular, by means of anovki its modulus of bending elasticity of 20 MPa or more). Thus, the adhesive as the first intermediate element, intended mainly for the connection (such as adhesive thermal insulation foam), is loaded between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner casing 750. Using the adhesive as the first intermediate element, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and inner case 750 are connected, fastened or firmly attached to each other. It should be noted that rigid polyurethane foam can be used as an adhesive, which is the first intermediate element. In this case, urethane, used as an adhesive, is not used as a heat-insulating material, intended mainly for thermal insulation. Thus, urethane can be reduced in thickness. In other words, when urethane is used as the first intermediate element between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750, the urethane does not have to have high thermal insulation characteristics, and therefore can be thin, provided that the urethane has a predetermined thickness with adhesion strength or strength fastenings provided for stiffness and strength to such an extent that the heat-insulating box body is protected from excessive deformation or distortion during connection inenia. The predetermined thickness in the case in which rigid polyurethane foam as the first intermediate element is used as an adhesive is preferably about 11 mm or less, more preferably about 6 mm or less. Furthermore, provided that the bonding strength (s) of the adhesive can be satisfied, the predetermined thickness should preferably be as small as possible, in particular 1 mm or more, preferably about 3 mm or more.

[0123] A horizontal cross section of the refrigerator 1 is illustrated in FIGS. 4-8. In both end sections, in the width direction of the refrigerator 1, convex sections 450 are formed as protruding parts that protrude into the storage compartment (front side of the refrigerator 1). 4-7, the cross-sectional shape of each of the convex sections 450 (the cross-sectional shape of each of the protruding sections, except for the parts corresponding to the side walls 790 and the rear wall in the horizontal cross section of the refrigerator 1) is an angular shape (rectangular shape). Meanwhile, in FIG. 8, the cross-sectional shape of each of the convex portions 450 (the cross-sectional shape of each of the parts protruding from the side walls 790 and the rear wall 730 to the horizontal storage section of the refrigerator 1) is substantially triangular in shape. One end of the inclined side 456 of a triangular shape is connected to the predetermined part 797 (with the end portion of the side of the side wall) on the inner surface of the side wall 790, and the other end of the inclined side 456 is connected to the predetermined part 798 (with the end portion of the side of the side of the back wall) on the inner surface of the back walls 730. In other words, one end of the inclined side 456 of a substantially triangular shape is connected to a predetermined part 797 (to the end portion of the side of the side wall) on the inner surface of the side wall 790, and the other end is connected n with a predetermined portion 798 (with an end portion of the rear wall side) on the inner surface of the rear wall 730. Thus, the inclined lateral portion 456 of the convex portion 450 projects from the end portion 798 of the rear wall side and the end portion 797 of the side wall side into the compartment. In other words, in the sectional shape of the convex portion 450 of the part corresponding to the inclined side 456 of a substantially triangular shape, for example, a substantially straight shape, a curved shape or an arc shape is given in a range from a predetermined portion 797 on the side wall 790 to a predetermined portion 798 on the rear a wall 730 in an inner case 750 in a storage compartment.

[0124] Thus, when the cross-sectional shape of each of the convex sections 450 is substantially triangular, it is advisable to set the length of the inclined side 456 of the substantially triangular shape to such an extent that a predetermined strength is obtained. Unlike the case in which the cross-sectional shape of each of the convex sections 450 is angular, the convex sections 450 do not include corner sections in the case of a substantially triangular shape. Thus, the volume corresponding to the size of the protrusion in the storage compartment can be reduced. Thus, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased. In addition, when the convex sections 450 do not include corner sections, the structural properties are also improved.

[0125] Furthermore, in this embodiment, the plurality of protruding portions 910 are formed continuously or with gaps in the vertical direction in the storage compartment and protrude toward the storage compartment (toward the front surface of the refrigerator 1) so that a shape 441 is formed between them grooves (second concave portion). By this, the strength of the box body can be increased. It should be noted that when each of the convex sections is given a substantially triangular shape, the concave portion 440, which is formed between the two convex sections 450 left and right in the corner sections between the side walls 790 left and right and the rear wall 730, is within the range between the predetermined parts 798 on the rear wall (the part represented by the letter “W” in FIG. 8), to which respectively the inclined sides 456 of the convex sections 450 to the left and right are connected.

[0126] In FIGS. 4-8, the width in the right and left direction of the vacuum insulation material 400 located in the rear wall 730 of the refrigerator 1 is set substantially equal to the width between the inner walls of the storage compartment (such as the refrigerator compartment 2, the vegetable compartment 5 and freezer compartment 6) (substantially equal to the distance (length) between the side walls 790 on the left and right of the storage compartment). By this, heat-insulating foam such as urethane can be smoothly loaded into the side walls 790 through the loading ports 703 and 704 for urethane and the like. In addition, the loading ports 703 and 704, through which heat-insulating foam, such as urethane, must be loaded into the gaps 315 between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710, are not blocked by vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (loading ports 703 and 704 are not covered by vacuum thermal insulation material 400). Thereby, during the introduction of the heat-insulating foam, such as urethane, 400 loading ports 703 and 704 are prevented from being closed by the vacuum heat-insulating material so as not to impede the flow of the heat-insulating foam into the side walls 790, the upper wall 740, the lower wall 780 and the separation walls 24.

[0127] In addition, in FIGS. 4-8, each of the convex sections 450, which function as reinforcing elements to maintain or increase the strength of the box body, is also used as a section for accommodating, for example, pipe 720 or refrigerant pipe 725. It should be noted that each of the protruding sections 910 in Fig. 8, which form a second concave section 441 between themselves, can be used as a section for accommodating, for example, pipe 720 or refrigerant pipe 725 or as a reinforcing element by filling with heat-insulating foam and t .P. One of the convex portion 450 and the protruding portion 910 may be used as a portion for accommodating, for example, a pipe 720 or refrigerant pipe 725, or both the convex portion 450 and the protruding portion 910 may be used as a portion for accommodating, for example, a pipe 720 or pipe 725 refrigerant. Thus, when the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910 is used as a portion for accommodating, for example, a pipe 720 or refrigerant pipe 725, or is used as a section for strengthening a box body, a portion for hosting, for example, a pipe 720 or refrigerant pipe 725 does not have to additionally accommodated. By this, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a device and the like can be obtained which are simple in structure, inexpensive and excellent in strength.

[0128] Convex sections 450 are formed in the corner sections on the terminal sides in the width direction at the rear of the storage compartment (in the corner on one side or in the corners on both sides). One end of each of the convex sections 450 in the width direction of the storage compartment is connected to a predetermined part 797 on the side wall 790 of the storage compartment, and its other end in the width direction is connected to a predetermined part 798 on the rear wall 730, where a vacuum is applied to the convex section 450 thermal insulation material 400 at a predetermined length X in the width direction. Thermal insulation foam, such as solid urethane, is loaded into the convex sections 450. Thus, when the convex section 450 extends to a position where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 partially overlaps the convex section 450 in the width direction of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (overlay length X), the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is formed integrally with the urethane in the side wall 790 through the mediation of the urethane in the convex section 450. Thereby, the side walls 790 and the rear wall 730 c formed rigidly as a unit with vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and solid urethane. As a result, the strength of the box body 700 is increased. This structure can be easily obtained by loading and foaming rigid polyurethane foam not only in the side wall 790, but also in the space between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750. It should be noted that the convex sections 450 are formed in the corner sections as reinforcing elements by casting the inner housing 750 in an angular shape, a rectangular shape, a substantially triangular shape, a circular arc shape or an arch shape in cross section so that the inner housing 750 protrudes into the separated e for storage, and by loading or placing, for example, rigid polyurethane foam between the inner housing 750 and outer housing 710 which form convex portions 450 therebetween. In addition, the aggregate that will be loaded between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750, such as urethane, is determined, for example, taking into account the heat-insulating characteristics of the box casing 700 in the parts where the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is placed, and in the parts where not vacuum heat-insulating material 400, adhesion strength of the inner case 750, vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the outer case 710, and the strength (stiffness) of the box body 700 are placed. In this embodiment, the rigid foam polyurethane is used as a filler.

[0129] One end on the side of the rear wall 730 of each of the convex sections 450 as high strength sections (reinforcing sections) is formed in such a way that it is superimposed on the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 for a predetermined length X. Thus, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner the housing 750 is firmly connected to each other by means of a rigid polyurethane foam loaded into the convex sections 450, and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is also firmly connected to the side walls 790 via urethane. In addition, the convex portions 450 protruding into the storage compartment are formed in the corner portions in the width direction at the rear of the storage compartment. By this, even when the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced in thickness in the concave portion 440 corresponding to the part where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed, deterioration of the thermal insulation performance can be prevented. In addition, the strength of the box body is increased by convex sections 450 and vacuum heat-insulating material 400. In addition, also on the surfaces of walls on which the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is not placed (such as side walls 790 and partition walls 24), when the placement area or volume excretion of vacuum thermal insulation material increases (coating or fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation material increases), thermal insulation characteristics of thermal insulation the box body can also be provided on the surfaces of the walls in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not placed. In addition, the convex sections 450 extend to the position where the convex sections 450 overlap the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 in the width direction, and therefore the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 , the side walls 790 and concave portions (440 and 441) on the rear wall may be formed (or molded) as a unit with each other. Thus, the strength of the box body can be increased.

[0130] In addition, a conduit 720 accommodating conductive conductors such as control and power conductors and a refrigerant conduit 725 can be placed through the convex portions 450. In this case, the strength of the box body is increased by the convex portions 450, and in addition, the conduit 720 and refrigerant pipe 725 can also be used as reinforcing elements to increase the strength of the box body. Thus, additional reinforcing components to increase the strength of the box body can be omitted to reduce costs. In addition, the heat-insulating box body 700 can be strengthened, and therefore, the strength of the box body can be increased. In addition, reinforcing elements can be placed through the convex sections 450, and therefore, the structural properties are improved. Thus, a heat-insulating box body and a refrigerator can be provided, which are inexpensive and excellent in reliability and structural properties.

[0131] It should be noted that as the predetermined overlap length X increases in the transverse direction between the convex portion 450 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, the length (or hard adherence area) increases, which allows the solid urethane in the convex section 450 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 to be rigidly attached (or held) to each other. By this, the strength of the box body can be increased. However, when the predetermined length X is excessively large, the protrusion of the convex portion 450 into the storage compartment (the volume of the protrusion into the storage compartment) increases. As a result, the internal volume of the storage compartment is reduced, and therefore, the predetermined length X is preferably 200 mm or less, more preferably 180 mm or less. Meanwhile, when the predetermined overlap length X in the transverse direction between the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is excessively small, the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the solid urethane in the convex portion 450 cannot be rigidly attached to each other. As a result, the strength of the box body is reduced. In particular, when the overlap length X between the aggregate, such as solid urethane, and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is less than 30 mm, heat leakage along the surface of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 increases. In particular, when the length X of the part where the filler, such as solid urethane, is superimposed on the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is less than 30 mm, heat leakage through the thermal bridge from the surface on the side of the inner case 750 (on the side of the storage compartment) to the surface on side of the outer casing 710 (on the back side) of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 increases. As a result, the thermal insulation performance deteriorates. Therefore, the length X is preferably 30 mm or more, more preferably 40 mm or more. Thus, the overlap length X between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the convex portion 450 is preferably 30 mm or more (more preferably 40 mm or more) in its lower limit and 200 mm or less (more preferably 180 mm or less) in its upper limit . In other words, the overlap length X is preferably about 1/3 or less of the distance between the side walls 790 of the heat-insulating box body 700 (distances between the inner walls 791 and 792 of the storage compartment) (assuming that the outer width of the refrigerator 1 is approximately 600 mm, and the thickness of each of the side walls 790 is 30 mm, the distance between the inner walls of the side walls 790 is approximately 540 mm, and therefore, the overlap length X is preferably 1/3 or Chez of 540 mm, i.e., approximately 180 mm or less).

[0132] In the example described in this embodiment, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed in the back wall, but can be placed in the side walls 790 or can be placed in the back wall and side walls 790. In this case, also on the side side of the wall, for the same reason as for the side of the rear wall, the lengths of overlap between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the convex portion 450 are preferably 30 mm or more (more preferably 40 mm or more) in their lower limit and 200 mm or less ( great e preferably 180 mm or less) at their upper limit. (The overlap length between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the convex portion 450 is optionally set equal to or greater than a first predetermined amount (e.g., 30 mm or more, preferably 40 mm or more) and equal to a second predetermined amount or less (e.g., approximately 1/3 or less than the width of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400) relative to the width of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. When the first predetermined value is less than 30 mm, the length X of the overlapping part between the aggregate, such as solid urethane, and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is reduced, and heat leakage is increased by means of a thermal bridge from the surface on the side of the inner case (on the side of the storage compartment) to the surface on the side of the outer case (on the back side) of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. As a result, the thermal insulation characteristics In addition, the length of the overlap between the convex portion and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is excessively small, and therefore, the strength of the box body ca decreases. For these reasons, the first predetermined value is preferably 30 mm or more (more preferably 40 mm or more). In addition, when the second predetermined value exceeds 1/3 of the width of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, the width of the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 decreases. As a result, the predetermined size of the cooling air channel 760 cannot be ensured. Therefore, the second predetermined value is preferably 1/3 or less of the width of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400.)

[0133] It should be noted that the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be placed in the upper wall 740, in the lower wall 780 or in the separation walls 24 for separating the storage compartments from each other, and convex sections 450 can be formed in the corner sections. Overlay length between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the convex portion formed in the corner portion between the rear wall 730 and the upper wall 740, the overlay length between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the convex portion formed in the corner portion between the back wall 730 and the upper wall 740, the overlay length between a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and a convex portion formed in an angular portion between the rear wall 730 and the separation wall 24, or the length of the overlap between the vacuum thermal insulation The material 400 and the convex portion formed in the corner portion between the side wall 790 and the upper wall 740 are preferably, as described above, 30 mm or more (more preferably 40 mm or more) in their lower limit and 200 mm or less (more preferably 180 mm or less) at their upper limit.

[0134] As described above, the length X in the transverse direction of the rolling part between one end of the convex portion 450 as a high strength portion and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is set within a predetermined range. By this, without weakening the strength of the box body or thermal insulation characteristics, a concave portion 440 formed between the convex portions 450 to the left and right, or a space 770 formed between the convex portion 450 and the second concave portion (the space 770 between the protruding portion 910 and the convex portion 450) may be increased. Thus, while ensuring the given strength of the box-shaped case and the given heat-insulating characteristics, the internal volume of the compartment can be increased. By this, gaps 770 as a space for storing stored food products and the like. can be increased, and therefore, the internal volume for accommodating storage compartments can be increased. In this way, a user-friendly refrigerator and apparatus can be provided.

[0135] In this embodiment, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is also located in the front opening and closing doors of the storage compartment (such as the refrigerator compartment door 7). Vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is attached directly to the inner door plate and to the outer door plate of the outer door shell by adhesive. In this case, solid urethane can be used as an adhesive. In this case, urethane is not used as a heat-insulating material, and, therefore, does not have to have high thermal insulation characteristics, provided that the urethane has a given thickness with a given adhesion strength provided during connection. The predetermined adhesive thickness is preferably about 11 mm or less, more preferably about 6 mm or less. Further, provided that the bonding strength (adhesive characteristics) of the adhesive can be satisfied, the predetermined thickness should preferably be as small as possible, in particular 1 mm or more, preferably about 3 mm or more. It should be noted that the strength of the door of the refrigerator compartment 7 (in particular, the strength with respect to twisting or bending) is ensured by the strength (stiffness) of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, and therefore, the strength of the door does not have to be ensured by the use of thermal insulation foam, unlike prior art. Thus, as described above, urethane can be used as an adhesive material, provided that a predetermined adhesive thickness can be provided. Thus, the thickness of the door can be reduced. As a result, the internal volume of the compartment can be increased in accordance with this.

[0136] It should be noted that, as in the cases of FIGS. 4-7, the first air channel component 762 as a coating element for covering at least a portion of the rear of the inside of the storage compartment or the second concave portion 441 may include a covering portion of the air channel for forming at least a portion of the cooling air channel 760 or for covering at least a portion of the cooling air channel 760, a rear covering portion extending in the width direction (to the right and left or side walls 790) from the covering portion of the air channel to cover at least a portion of the rear wall 730 or the concave portion 440, and the side covering portions connected to the rear covering portion or formed integrally with the rear covering portion to cover at least a portion side walls 790. In addition, the rear covering portion may be mounted, in particular, attached or held to a portion of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the rear wall 730, the concave portion 440, or the convex portion 450. Alternatively, the side cover portions may be mounted, in particular, attached or held onto a portion of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the side walls 790 or convex portions 450. Through this, at least a portion of the back wall 730, the side walls 790 and the convex sections 450 may be coated with the first component 762 of the air channel as a coating. As a result, the structural properties can be improved, and the assembly efficiency can be improved.

[0137] Furthermore, the first air channel component 762, as a coating element for coating at least a portion of the rear of the interior of the storage compartment, may include a covering portion of the air channel to form at least a portion of the cooling air channel or coating 760 at least a portion of the cooling air duct 760, a rear covering portion extending in a width direction (to the right and left or toward the side walls 790) from the covering portion of the air duct to cover at least a portion of the rear wall 730 or a concave portion 440, and an upper / lower covering portion of the wall connected to the covering portion of the air duct or formed integrally with the covering portion of the air duct and extending forward from the upper end portion or lower end portion of the rear wall 730, to cover at least a portion of the partition walls 24 arranged in the vertical direction of the rear wall 730 (including the upper wall 740 or the lower wall 780). In addition, the rear covering portion may be mounted, in particular, attached to or held onto a portion of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the rear wall 730, the concave portion 440, or the convex portions 450. Alternatively, the upper / lower covering portion of the wall may be mounted, in particular, be attached or held on a part of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the dividing walls 24 located in the vertical direction of the rear wall 730 (including the upper wall 740 or the lower wall 780). By means of this, at least part of the rear wall 730, the separation walls 24, the upper wall 730 and the lower wall 780 can be coated with the first component of the air channel 762 as a coating. As a result, the structural properties can be improved, and the assembly efficiency can be improved.

[0138] In FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, in the uppermost tier of the refrigerator 1, the refrigerator compartment 2 is arranged as a two-door storage compartment. Under the refrigerator compartment 2 there is a compartment 3 for making ice and a universal compartment 4 as storage compartments parallel to each other on the left and right. At the lowest tier of the refrigerator 1, a vegetable compartment 5 is located as a storage compartment, and a freezer compartment 6 is located as a storage compartment above the vegetable compartment 5. The freezer compartment 6 is located under the ice making compartment 3 and a universal compartment 4 arranged parallel to one another friend left and right, and above the vegetable compartment 5. In other words, the placement of the storage compartments is the so-called type with a freezer in the middle, in which the freezer compartment 6 is located between in vegetable compartment 5 and each of the compartment 3 for the ice making compartment 4 and the universal arranged in parallel with respect to each other left and right.

[0139] The interior of the refrigeration compartment 2 as a storage compartment serves as a space 21 for storing stored products for storing storage products (such as food and drinks). In the space 21 for storing stored products placed many shelves 80, which are made of resin or glass, so that the stored products are placed on them. On the lower side of the storage space 21 (below the inner shelves), substantially sealed containers 2X and 2Y are arranged for use as a refrigerated compartment 2Y, the temperature of which is maintained within the cooling range from about +3 degrees Celsius to -3 degrees Celsius, and the vegetable compartment 2X, the temperature of which is maintained within the range of the storage temperature of vegetables, in particular, in the range from approximately +3 degrees Celsius to +5 degrees in centigrade. Each of the substantially sealed containers 2X and 2Y can be used as an egg storage compartment. In addition, each of the substantially sealed containers 2X and 2Y has, for example, a retractable structure so that the stored products can be stacked and removed by extending the containers.

[0140] The structures of the substantially sealed containers 2X and 2Y are formed by providing removable covers for portions of the openings of the upper surface of the containers, each of which is open on its upper side. These covers may be placed on the side of the container or may be placed on a shelf 80 or a partition wall located above the container. Alternatively, the shelf and partition wall above the containers themselves can also be used as lids.

[0141] This embodiment uses a type with a freezer in the middle, in which the freezer compartment 6 is located between the vegetable compartment 5 and each of the ice making compartment 3 and the universal compartment 4 arranged parallel to each other on the left and right. By means of this low-temperature compartment (such as the ice-making compartment 3, the universal compartment 4 and the freezing compartment 6) are arranged close to each other, and therefore heat-insulating materials need not be placed between these low-temperature compartments. In addition, heat loss is reduced. Thus, an inexpensive energy-efficient refrigerator can be provided.

[0142] In addition, similarly to FIG. 1, doors 7 of the two-door refrigeration compartment, which can be opened and closed freely, are arranged in the opening portion of the front side of the refrigeration compartment 2 as storage compartments. The doors 7 of the two-door refrigerator compartment include two doors: a left door 7A of the refrigerator compartment and a right door 7B of the refrigerator compartment. Of course, instead of a double door, a single pivot door can be used. For other storage compartments, in particular for an ice making compartment 3, a universal compartment 4, a vegetable compartment 5 and a freezing compartment 6, respectively, a drawer-type ice compartment door 8 is arranged, capable of freely opening and closing a portion of the opening of the manufacturing compartment 3 ice, door 9 of the universal compartment of the sliding type, capable of freely opening and closing a portion of the opening of the universal compartment 4, door 10 of the vegetable compartment of the sliding type, capable of freely opening yvat and close the opening portion vegetable compartment 5, and the door 11 of the freezer compartment drawer type that can freely open and close the opening portion of the freezer compartment 6.

[0143] Further, operation switches, for example, for performing temperature setting in storage compartments (compartment selection switch 60a, temperature range setting switch 60b, instant freeze switch 60c, ice making setting switch 60d and fog generating device switch 60e and other functional switches (such as an environmental switch, an energy-saving board switch, and an Internet connection setup and setup switch for setting connection to the Internet and setting it up)) and an operation panel 60 for displaying temperature information, such as internal temperatures and preset temperatures, are installed on any of the left door 7A of the refrigerator compartment and the right door 7B of the refrigerator compartment on the left and right on the refrigerator compartment 2 as a storage compartment. Operational information from operating switches, information for displaying on a liquid crystal display unit, temperature information in storage compartments, and other information is controlled by a controller 30 including a control panel having a microcomputer mounted thereon and the like. The controller 30 is housed in a chamber 31 of the control panel at an upper portion on the rear of the refrigerator (on the rear wall of the refrigerator compartment) or on the upper surface of the refrigerator (such as the upper wall of the refrigerator compartment).

[0144] In addition, the controller 30 includes a transmission and reception unit, such as an antenna. A transmission and reception unit is provided on the controller 30 (control panel), in the compartment 31 for the control panel, in the upper portion of the refrigerator 1 (preferably near the controller 30 or in the camera 31 of the control panel), on the rear surface of the refrigerator (preferably near the controller 30 or in the camera 31 of the control panel) or on the side surface of the refrigerator 1 (preferably near the controller 30 or in the chamber 31 of the control panel). By means of this, through an infrared connection, a wireless connection or a wired connection (such as an electrical connection, an Internet connection, a local area network (LAN) connection or a universal serial bus (USB) connection), the controller 30 is able to transmit and receive device information to and from external devices devices located outside the refrigerator 1. It should be noted that examples of devices external to the refrigerator 1 include an external server, a mobile terminal (such as a plentiful telephone, a personal digital assistant (PC) or a mobile personal computer) and other types of external devices (such as an air conditioner, TV, another refrigerator, a hot water supply, a lighting device or a washing machine). In addition, examples of device information include information about the device of the refrigerator 1 (such as internal temperature, power consumption, operation history, total operating time, compressor operation information (on, off, rotation speed and electric current information)), information not about refrigerator 1 (such as weather forecasts, information about natural disasters (including earthquake information)) and information about the operating conditions of other devices connected to the network, about the power consumption of these devices PTS etc.

[0145] In particular, the refrigerator 1 includes a time measuring unit for measuring an operating time and a storage unit for storing a measured operating time or a total operating time. Standard usage period information (standard usage time), pre-set as device information, and total operating time information are transmitted to an external server (such as a cloud server). By this, when the proportion (ratio) of the actual total operating period (total operating time) relative to the standard usage period exceeds a predetermined ratio that is set in advance, a message can be received and displayed to request a replacement purchase, for example, on the operation panel 60 and the mobile terminal or announced by voice. In addition, also in external devices, when the proportion (ratio) of the actual total operating period (total operating time) relative to the standard period of use exceeds a predetermined ratio that is set in advance, a message can be received and displayed to request a replacement purchase, for example, on the operating panel 60 and the mobile terminal or announced by voice.

[0146] In addition, the transmission and reception unit enables the transmission and reception of environmental information (such as weather forecast, natural disaster information, earthquake information, and temperature information), information of external devices (such as information about operating conditions of other external devices and information on the power consumption of these devices) and electricity. Thus, by receiving information from the server and external devices, energy-saving control can be performed, or information of other devices can be displayed. In addition, by controlling the operation panel 60 mounted on the front opening and closing door of the refrigerator 1 or the external mobile terminal, the information of the refrigerator 1 can be transmitted to an external server or other devices. In addition, information can be received from an external server or other devices and displayed, for example, on the operation panel 60 and the mobile terminal, and devices such as a refrigerator can be controlled.

[0147] In addition, in devices such as a refrigerator and a display case, when the inside of the storage compartments are cooled to a predetermined temperature (in particular to -18 degrees Celsius in the case of a freezer compartment), and then the operation of the compressor 12 and the circulation fan 14 cooling air stops, temperatures in storage compartments increase over time. Thus, when a time measuring unit and a temperature measuring unit are provided, temperature information in the storage compartments, such as the degree of temperature increase in the storage compartments relative to the elapsed time under given conditions, such as the state in which the compressor 12 or the fan is stopped 14 circulation of cooling air after the temperatures in the storage compartments are lowered to a predetermined temperature, before starting use by the user, in particular during shipping factory conditions, or the state in which the shutters 15 and 55 of the universal compartment are closed, or the difference between the temperatures in the storage compartments at the beginning of the measurement (set temperatures) and the temperatures in the storage compartments after a predetermined period of time (for example, after 10 minutes), can be stored in advance as initial temperature information in the storage unit of the controller 30. When this information is transmitted as device information from the storage unit of the controller 30, for example, to an external server and stored on an external server, it can be determined whether the thermal insulation performance has been deteriorated or an anomaly has occurred. Thus, a message may be displayed asking the user to make a replacement purchase, for example, on a mobile terminal or a display device on the operation panel 60.

[0148] In particular, temperature information in the storage compartments, such as the degree of temperature increase in the storage compartments relative to the elapsed time under given conditions, such as a state in which the operation of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is stopped after how the temperatures in the storage compartments have dropped to a predetermined temperature, before using by the user, in particular during shipment from the factory, or in a state in which the shutters 15 and 55 are universal the compartments are closed (degrees of initial increase in temperature), or the difference between the temperatures in the storage compartments at the beginning of the measurement (set temperatures) and the temperatures in the storage compartments after a predetermined period of time (for example, after 10 minutes) (differences from the initial temperatures), in advance stored as the initial temperature information of each of the compartments for storage in the storage unit of the controller 30. After the user starts using this information is transmitted as device information to external devices, Kim as a server, and is stored in external devices. Then, the degrees of temperature increase or temperature difference in the storage compartments are periodically measured under the same conditions as the initial conditions, and transmitted to external devices, such as an external server, as device information. When the result of the comparison between the device information and the initial temperature information in an external device, such as a server, is within tolerance, the main part of the device, such as a refrigerator, receives a signal indicating “No anomalies”. When the result of the comparison between the device information and the initial temperature information is out of tolerance, the main part of the device, such as a refrigerator or a mobile terminal, receives a signal indicating that “An anomaly has occurred”. After receiving the signal, the main part of the device or the mobile terminal may display a message to notify of anomalies, such as deterioration in thermal insulation characteristics, or a message to request a replacement purchase.

[0149] In addition, electricity can be supplied by controlling an operation panel 60 mounted on the front opening and closing door of the refrigerator 1, or an external mobile terminal. Alternatively, electricity can be automatically supplied to external devices through the controller 30 of the refrigerator 1. Alternatively, electricity can be supplied by switching to the power supply from external power sources (from devices capable of providing electricity, such as a photovoltaic generator, battery and fuel element) or power supply from external devices. In particular, even when the power supply of the refrigerator 1 is stopped due to a power failure or the like, electricity can be supplied to the refrigerator 1 by switching the power source from the mains to an external power source through an operation of a mobile terminal, a personal computer, and the like. Thus, when the refrigerator 1 (or a device connected to the network) includes terminals connected to mobile communication devices, such as a mobile phone and mobile terminal, personal computer, etc., mobile communication devices, such as a mobile phone and a mobile terminal, a personal computer, and the like, can be charged. In addition, information of other devices and external information that is stored in mobile communication devices, such as a mobile phone and mobile terminal, personal computer, etc., can be displayed or can be controlled.

[0150] The compressor 12 is housed in a machine chamber 1A formed in the lowermost portion at the rear (or upper portion at the rear) of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 includes a refrigeration cycle. The compressor 12, which is located in the engine chamber 1A, serves as one of the components of the refrigeration cycle, in particular, has the function of compressing the refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle. The refrigerant compressed by compressor 12 is compressed by a condenser (not shown). In the compressed state, the refrigerant is decompressed by means of a capillary tube (not shown) or a control valve (not shown) as a decompression device. A cooler 13, which serves as another component of the refrigerator refrigeration cycle, is housed in a cooler chamber 131 formed in the rear wall of the refrigerator compartment 2, the ice compartment 3, the universal compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5 or the freezer compartment 6. The refrigerant decompressed by the decompression device is vaporized by the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by an endothermic effect during evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan 14 (internal fan), which is located near the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131, is configured to direct the cooling air generated by cooling around the cooler 13 to each of the compartments, such as a plurality of compartments for storing the refrigerator 1 (to the refrigerator compartment 2, to compartment 3 for making ice, to universal compartment 4, to vegetable compartment 5 and to the freezer compartment 6), through channels for cooling air (such as channel 16 for cooling its air or channel 50 or 760 of cooling air of the refrigerator compartment).

[0151] In addition, similarly to FIG. 1, the defrosting heater 150 as a defrosting unit for defrosting the cooler 13 is placed under the cooler 13 located in the cooler chamber 131. Above the defrosting system heater 150, a heater cover 151 is disposed between the cooler 13 and the defrosting system heater 150 so that melt water does not directly fall from the cooler 13 onto the defrosting system heater 150.

[0152] It should be noted that examples of the defrosting system heater 150 may include an enclosed heater that is integrated as a unit in the cooler 13. In addition, a glass tube heater and an enclosed heater can be used together. Melt water generated around the cooler 13, or melt water that has fallen onto the heater roof 151, falls onto the cooler chamber 131 and is discharged outside the refrigerator (for example, using an evaporation cup placed in the engine chamber 1A) through the melt water outlet port 155 which is formed on the lower side in the cooler chamber 131.

[0153] The damper 15 of the universal compartment as an air flow rate control unit is configured, for example, to control the speed of cooling air, which will be directed to the universal compartment 4 as a compartment for storage by means of the cooling air circulation fan 14 for controlling the temperature in the universal compartment 4 to a level preset temperature and switching the preset temperature of the universal compartment 4. Cooling air generated by cooling ug cooler 13, is sent to the universal compartment 4 through the channel 16 of the cooling air. In addition, the cooling air channel 16 is located on the downstream side in the flap of the universal compartment 15.

[0154] Furthermore, the refrigerator compartment damper 55 as an air flow rate control unit is also configured to, for example, control the rate of cooling air, which will be directed to the refrigerator compartment 2 as a storage compartment by the cooling air circulation fan 14 for controlling the temperature in the refrigerator compartment 2 to a predetermined temperature level and changing a predetermined temperature of the refrigerator compartment 2. The cooling air generated by the cooled I around the cooler 13 is sent to a refrigeration compartment 2 through a cooling air channel 16 and the channel 50 or 760 of the cooling air.

[0155] Of the storage compartments, for example, the universal compartment 4 is a compartment (storage compartment) in which the temperature in the storage compartment can be selected from a variety of levels between the freezing temperature range (-17 degrees Celsius or less) and the temperature range vegetable compartment (from 3 degrees Celsius to 10 degrees Celsius). The temperature in the storage compartment is selected or switched by controlling the operation panel 60 mounted on any of the left door 7A of the refrigerator compartment and the right door 7B of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 1, or by controlling an external mobile terminal.

[0156] In addition, the universal compartment thermistor 19 (equivalent to that shown in FIG. 3), as the first temperature detecting unit for detecting air temperature in the universal compartment 4, is mounted, for example, on the wall surface of the depth side of the universal compartment 4. Thermocouple 22 (or infrared sensor equivalent to that shown in FIG. 3) as a second temperature detection unit for directly detecting the surface temperature of stored products laid in the universal compartment 4 as a compartment d The storage unit is installed, for example, on the upper surface (in the central portion, the front surface portion, the rear surface portion, etc.) of the universal compartment 4. The controller 30 controls the universal compartment shutter 15 to open and close it in accordance with the temperature detected with the thermistor 19 of the universal compartment as the first temperature detection unit (or with the temperature detected by the thermocouple 22), so that the temperature in the universal compartment 4 is adjusted and found Referring within a selected temperature range, or falls within a predetermined temperature range. In addition, the temperatures of the products as stored products in the universal compartment 4 are detected directly by the thermal converter 22 as a second temperature detection unit.

[0157] (Device 200 generating fog)

The electrostatic spray device 200, as a fog generating device for supplying fog to the storage compartment, is located in the separation wall 51 (in the rear wall 730 or in the first air channel component 762 as a coating element) on the depth side (on the rear side) of the storage compartment ( such as a refrigerator compartment 2), in the separation wall behind the rear wall of the substantially sealed container (such as the substantially sealed container 2X or 2Y) located in the lower portion of the va to accommodate products 21 stored in the storage compartment (such as a refrigeration compartment 2)), or a rear partition wall or top of the partition wall 24 of the storage compartment (vegetable compartment such as 5).

[0158] The fog generating device 200 includes at least a discharge electrode. Water is supplied to the discharge electrode, or the discharge electrode is controlled to generate water, and then voltage is applied to the discharge electrode. Thus, fog is generated by the discharge electrode. In order to supply water to the discharge electrode, the radiation unit may be cooled to generate condensed water around the discharge electrode, which is thermally connected to the radiation unit. Alternatively, when the radiation unit and the discharge electrode are not thermally connected to each other, condensed water that will be generated by cooling the radiation unit can be supplied to the discharge electrode (the discharge electrode can also serve as an endothermic unit, in which case the unit radiation is thermally connected to the discharge electrode, and condensed water can be generated around the discharge electrode by cooling the radiation unit). As another alternative, the fog generating device 200 may include at least a discharge electrode and a water supply unit for supplying water to the discharge electrode, and the fog can be generated by supplying water from the water supply unit to the discharge electrode and then by applying voltage to the discharge electrode. It should be noted that examples of a water supply unit include a water storage tank capable of storing water, and a heat exchanger (such as a cooler 13). When the cooler 13 serves as a water supply unit, melt water to be generated by the cooler 13 can be received and accumulated in the container 152 located in the cooler chamber 131, and the water in the container can be supplied to the discharge electrode, for example, by means of a capillary phenomenon. It should be noted that fog can be stably generated using the oncoming electrode, but the oncoming electrode does not have to be placed, and air discharge can be performed.

[0159] It should be noted that the discharge electrode is housed in a storage compartment (such as a refrigerator compartment 2). When a cooling air channel is formed through a separation wall having a fog generating device therein, it is advisable that the radiation unit is placed in direct contact with the wall of the cooling air channel (such as channel 16, 50 or 760 of cooling air) formed through the separation wall (through the rear surface, upper surface, lower surface or side surface) of the storage compartment, or in indirect contact with it through a heat-conducting element, or was placed in such a way so that it protrudes into the cooling air channel through the wall of the air channel. By this, the radiation unit is cooled by cooling air in the cooling air channel, and condensed water is generated around the discharge electrode, which is thermally connected to the radiation unit. A voltage is then applied to the discharge electrode to generate fog.

[0160] The radiation unit may be cooled by using cooling air in another adjacent storage compartment (such as a freezer compartment 6) that is located on the opposite side of the storage compartment (such as a vegetable compartment 5) in which the fog generating device is located, relatively the separation wall of the storage compartment (upper surface, lower surface or side surface). In this case, it is advisable that the radiation unit be placed on the side of the storage compartment in order to be kept in contact with the bottom wall or the upper wall of another storage compartment (such as a freezer compartment). (The fog generating device 200 can be placed in any compartment provided that the compartment is a storage compartment. In particular, the fog generating device 200 can be placed in any storage compartment or in a container such as a refrigerator compartment 2, a vegetable compartment 5 or 2X or 2Y refrigerated compartment. When the fog generating device 200 is located in the rear wall, the fog generating device 200 can be placed in the separation wall as part of the rear wall located between the storage compartment and cooler measure. (A mist generation device can be placed on the side of the high-temperature storage compartment of the separation panel between two adjacent storage compartments that differ in temperature (for example, between the vegetable compartment 5 as the storage compartment on the high-temperature side and the freezer compartment 6 as an adjacent storage compartment on the low temperature side.) One end of the radiation unit (end portion on the opposite side of the discharge electrode) can be placed in contact with the dividing panel of the other storage compartment so that the radiation unit is cooled by low temperature cooling air in the storage compartment on the low temperature side (by using the temperature difference between the storage compartment on the high temperature side and the storage compartment on low temperature side.))

[0161] As illustrated in FIG. 10, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are disposed in a rear surface, an upper surface and a lower surface of a refrigerator 1. In addition, although not shown, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are also located in side walls, dividing walls 24, and doors. . As described with reference to FIG. 8, at least within the range of the concave portion 440, a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 disposed in the rear surface is attached directly to the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 by means of a heat-insulating foam as an adhesive mainly intended for complete the connection. It is advisable to use sticky rigid polyurethane foam as an adhesive. When rigid polyurethane foam is used, through suitable regulation of the density of free foam, rigid polyurethane foam can be carefully and uniformly loaded even into narrow channels (such as the space between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750). In addition, rigid polyurethane foam can perform bonding even in narrow channels, and is therefore suitable for use as an adhesive. Therefore, rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive.

[0162] When rigid polyurethane foam is mainly used as an adhesive, deterioration in thermal insulation performance due to a reduction in the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam need not be taken into account. Thus, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced to a predetermined thickness or less. As a result, the wall surface (such as the back wall) can be reduced in thickness, and the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased. The predetermined thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam for use as an adhesive is preferably about 15 mm or less, more preferably about 11 mm or less, even more preferably about 6 mm or less. Furthermore, provided that the bonding strength (s) of the adhesive can be satisfied, the thickness can preferably be as small as possible, in particular approximately equal to or greater than a predetermined thickness (for example, 1 mm or more, preferably about 3 mm). For example, when the thickness is set to less than 1 mm, the surface roughness of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (concave-convex portions of the outer wrapping material) cannot be eliminated by the thickness of the adhesive. Convex sections on the surface of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 are held in direct contact with the inner housing 750, and therefore, the connection cannot be partially made. As a result, adhesion strength may be deteriorated. Thus, when rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive material and is excessively thin, the adhesion strength may be deteriorated, and therefore, a predetermined thickness or more is preferred.

[0163] Of course, when rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive, thermal insulation characteristics can be obtained to some extent, that is, thermal insulation characteristics of the thermal insulation material can be obtained, although the thermal insulation characteristics are lower than those of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. In particular, when rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive during the connection of a vacuum thermal insulation material 400, for example, with an outer casing 710 or inside ennim housing 750 may be formed not only by the heat insulation effect of vacuum thermal insulation material 400, but also the heat insulation effect by urethane. In addition, in parts between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710, where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not located, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased by a value corresponding to the absence of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. Thus, the thermal insulation characteristics can be improved. In addition, rigid polyurethane foam can be used as an adhesive between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710. Thereby, the strength of the box-shaped body of the heat-insulated box-shaped body 700 can be increased, and the thermal insulation performance can also be improved.

[0164] The cooling air generated by the cooler 13 located in the cooler chamber 131 is guided by the cooling air circulation fan 14 so that it flows through the cooling air channel 16, the refrigerator compartment damper 55 as an air flow rate control unit and the refrigerator compartment cooling air duct 760, formed in the second component of the air channel to be supplied to the refrigerator compartment 2 (also to the substantially sealed containers 2X and 2Y) through the cooling air supply ports 768, formed TED 762 through the first air channel component. After cooling the inside of the refrigerator compartment 2 as a storage compartment, the cooling air is returned to the cooler chamber 131 through the air return duct 410 of the refrigerator compartment. Part of the cooling air in this air return channel 410 of the refrigerator compartment may be supplied to the vegetable compartment 5. In this case, after cooling the inside of the vegetable compartment 5, cooling air is returned to the cooler chamber 131 through the vegetable compartment air return channel 430. The vegetable compartment 5 may be cooled by the return cooling air, which is supplied in a state in which its temperature is increased by cooling other storage compartments, such as the refrigerator compartment 2 and the universal compartment 4, or may be cooled directly by the cooling air generated by the cooler 13 in the chamber 131 cooler.

[0165] By operating the cooling air circulation fan 14, cooling air is supplied to the ice making compartment 3 or the universal compartment 4 from the cooler 13 located in the cooler chamber 131 through the cooling air channel 16, the universal compartment damper 15 as an air flow rate control device, and the cooling air channel 17 of the universal compartment and returns to the cooler chamber 131 through the air return channel of the ice making compartment (not shown) or the air return channel ha universal compartment (not shown). The cooling air is supplied to the freezer compartment 6 from the cooler 13 located in the cooler chamber 131 through the cooling air channel 16 and the cooling air channel 18 of the freezer compartment and is returned to the cooler chamber 131 through the air return duct 420 of the freezer compartment.

[0166] It should be noted that the fog generating device 200 for supplying the fog to the storage compartment may be energized or stopped at the same time, with different synchronization, or together with turning on or off the cooling air circulation fan 14. In addition, when supplying fog to a plurality of storage compartments, the supply of fog can switch between the first storage compartments (such as the vegetable compartment 5 and the refrigerator compartment 2) and the second storage compartments (such as the refrigerator compartment 2, the freezer compartment 6, the vegetable compartment 5 and the universal compartment 4) by means of damper devices (such as the damper 15 of the universal compartment, the damper 55 of the refrigerator compartment, the damper of the vegetable compartment and the damper of the freezer compartment). In particular, in the case in which the fog generating device 200 is arranged such that it is at least partially received into the concave portion of the upper dividing wall of the first storage compartment (such as a vegetable compartment), and the fog supply air channel associated with this concave a portion formed through the same dividing wall, when the vegetable compartment flap is open, fog in the concave portion is supplied to a second storage compartment (such as a refrigerator compartment) via the tum air supply duct on a partition wall, the first channel cooling air (such as air return channel vegetable compartment), the cooling chamber and the second passage of cooling air. When the vegetable compartment shutter is closed, cooling air is not supplied to the vegetable compartment. Thus, it is advisable to make the fog in the concave portion to be supplied to the first storage compartment (such as a vegetable compartment) by gravity. In this case, a cooling air channel 760 formed on the rear of the refrigeration compartment 2 may serve as a second cooling air channel. In addition, the supply of fog to the first storage compartment and the supply of fog to the second storage compartment can be switched along with opening and closing the damper devices or together with turning the cooling air circulation fan 14 on and off instead of the damper devices.

[0167] Furthermore, the cooling air containing the mist can be supplied to the first storage compartment by mixing with cooling air in the concave portion, and part of the cooling air containing the mist that is supplied to the first storage compartment can be returned to the cooler chamber. by means of an air channel (such as an air return channel to the cooler chamber) formed through a dividing wall (such as an upper dividing wall and a side dividing wall). Then, cooling air containing mist can be supplied to the second storage compartment through the cooler chamber.) The air channel that is formed through the partition wall can be formed from a coating that is arranged to cover the concave portion to receive at least part or all of fog generation devices (spray devices) formed from a separate element, or may be formed in the interior of the separation wall. It should be noted that it is advisable to form at least one hole from the inlet of the cooling air or the outlet of the cooling air through the coating.

[0168] (Wide-gap semiconductor)

The controller 30, which is housed in the camera 31 of the control panel, includes semiconductor components such as a switching element and a diode element. Wide-gap semiconductors are used at least as part of the semiconductor components of an inverter control circuit or the like. In addition, the controller 30 may include only semiconductor components (may include only wide-gap semiconductors) or may include not only semiconductor components, but also, for example, control-related components (for example, at least one element from a transformer relay, converter, power supply reactor, capacitor or current detection component).

[0169] In this embodiment, wide-gap semiconductors are used as semiconductor components to be mounted in the controller 30 (such as semiconductors for an inverter control circuit for controlling, for example, a compressor 12, a compressor fan, and a cooling air circulation fan 14). Until now, silicon (Si) based semiconductors have been commonly used as semiconductor components for mounting in the controller 30, such as components of an inverter control circuit. In this embodiment, wide-gap semiconductors are used instead. Wide-gap semiconductors are made, for example, of silicon carbide (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN), diamond, aluminized gallium nitride (AlGaN).

[0170] Wide-gap semiconductors (such as silicon carbide SiC and gallium nitride (GaN)) have the following two advantages over silicon (Si) semiconductors. The first advantage is that in wide-gap semiconductors there is little loss of elements, and they can operate at high temperatures. Silicon generates a large amount of heat, and the semiconductor characteristics are degraded and operational difficulties arise at temperatures from about 100 degrees Celsius to 200 degrees Celsius. Thus, heat emitting plates (radiators) must be provided in order to radiate heat through the air. Thus, the ability to accommodate the plates to be mounted and the gaps for radiating heat must be ensured. Meanwhile, elements of wide-gap semiconductors (such as SiC) have low switching losses and are excellent in energy efficiency, and they are not prone to degradation at temperatures up to about 300 degrees Celsius. Thus, elements of wide-gap semiconductors can be used in a high temperature atmosphere, such as engine chamber 1A. In addition, they are not susceptible to degradation at temperatures up to about 300 degrees Celsius, and therefore there is an advantage in that the heat-emitting plates can be lowered or significantly reduced (reduced in height or size).

[0171] A second advantage is that devices that are semiconductor components can be reduced in thickness. Wide-gap semiconductors (such as SiC and GaN) have a high breakdown field strength, and therefore have a high withstand voltage of the semiconductor (they have a withstand voltage of about ten times that of silicon). Thus, semiconductor devices can be reduced in thickness by about ten times. In this embodiment, wide-gap semiconductors having such characteristics are used, and therefore, the components of the inverter control circuit can be significantly reduced in size and height and can be used independently of thermal radiation. Thus, a refrigerator having a high degree of freedom in configuration, small size and excellent qualities in a high temperature environment can be provided.

[0172] Wide-gap semiconductors that have high breakdown electrolytic intensity and high withstand voltage are used as semiconductor components to be mounted in the controller 30, such as components of an inverter control circuit. Thus, semiconductor components can be reduced in thickness and size (approximately ten times compared with silicon). In addition, wide-gap semiconductors can operate even at high temperatures of 300 degrees Celsius, and, therefore, heat-emitting plates (radiators) for cooling semiconductor components can be significantly reduced. Thus, in this embodiment, wide-gap semiconductors are used as semiconductor components that are components of an inverter control circuit having a radiator that is significantly larger in height in the prior art than, for example, other control-related components in a state in which the radiator mounted in the controller 30. Through this, the total size or height of the radiator and the components of the inverter control circuit (vertical or horizontal width) can be known itelno reduced (reduced height and size). Thus, the heights of the semiconductor components in the state in which they are mounted in the controller 30 can be reduced and become equivalent to or less than the heights of other control-related components (such as a power supply reactor, capacitor, transformer, or current detection component).

[0173] It should be noted that also in the part where the control panel chamber 31 is located, it is advisable to attach the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 directly to the outer casing 710 or to the control panel chamber 31 with an adhesive and load rigid polyurethane foam as an adhesive between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and inner case 750 so as to set a predetermined thickness (e.g., 1 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or more, and 11 mm or less, preferably 6 mm or less )

[0174] Furthermore, in the structure of this embodiment, the control panel chamber 31 is located on top of the refrigerator 1, and the insulation around it is made by means of a vacuum thermal insulation material 400. When wide-gap semiconductors are used as semiconductor components that are components of an inverter control circuit, etc. ., there is no problem even when the periphery of the chamber 31 of the control panel is coated with a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 or a urethane-based thermal insulation material, and The underside of the control panel chamber 31 enters a high temperature environment. In addition, when wide-gap semiconductors are used as semiconductor components that are components of an inverter control circuit or the like, the control panel chamber 31 may be housed in a machine chamber 1A that enters a high temperature environment. Compared to prior art silicon semiconductors, a wide-gap semiconductor is less prone to malfunction and operates even in high temperature environments. Thus, there is no problem even when the camera 31 of the control panel is coated with a heat-insulating material. In addition, also when the control panel chamber 31 is housed in a machine chamber 1A that enters a high temperature environment, thermal insulation does not have to be performed so as not to increase the temperature in the control panel chamber 31 by arranging a thermal insulation material or the like. around the camera 31 of the control panel. Thus, the technical requirements of the control panel camera can be simplified so that a low-cost compressor and device can be provided. In addition, the thermal insulation of the control panel chamber 31 need not be carried out, and therefore, the control panel chamber 31 can be reduced, in particular, reduced in height (or in width or depth) by an amount corresponding to the thickness of the insulating material. Thus, when the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the control panel chamber 31, and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 are connected directly to each other by means of an adhesive, the urethane does not need to be loaded as the thermal insulation material. As a result, the wall surface in which the control panel chamber 31 (such as the upper wall and the rear wall) is housed can be reduced in thickness of the wall surface, and accordingly, the internal volume of the storage compartment (internal volume of the compartment) can be increased.

[0175] In addition, the control panel chamber 31 may be installed in spaces around the compressor 12 (such as a space above or away from (or spaces around) the terminal box of the compressor 12), in contrast to the prior art in which the control panel chamber 31 cannot be installed at these intervals. Thus, the degree of freedom in installing the camera 31 of the control panel (degree of freedom in the configuration) is increased. Thus, a refrigerator and a device, such as an air conditioning device, in which space can be effectively used, for example, in engine chamber 1A, can be provided.

[0176] (Using a defrost heater and melt water heater)

The compressor 12 is housed in a machine chamber 1A formed in the lowest portion on the rear (or in the uppermost portion on the rear) of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 includes a refrigeration cycle. The compressor 12, which is located in the engine chamber 1A, serves as one of the components of the refrigeration cycle, in particular, has the function of compressing the refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle. The refrigerant compressed by compressor 12 is compressed by a condenser (not shown). In the compressed state, the refrigerant is decompressed by means of a capillary tube (not shown) or a control valve (not shown) as a decompression device. Cooler 13, which serves as another of the components of the refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator, is housed in cooler chamber 131. The refrigerant decompressed by the decompression device is vaporized by the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the endothermic effect during evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan 14, which is located near the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131, is configured to direct the cooling air generated by cooling around the cooler 13 to each of the compartments, such as the storage compartments of the refrigerator 1 (to the refrigeration compartment 2, to the compartment 3 for making ice, to the universal compartment 4, to the vegetable compartment 5 and to the freezer compartment 6), through channels for cooling air (such as channel 16 for cooling air of the universal department cooling channel or channel 50 of the refrigerator compartment).

[0177] The defrosting system heater 150 as a defrosting unit for defrosting the cooler 13 (such as a defrosting heater with a glass tube, in particular a carbon heater using carbon fibers in a quartz glass tube to emit light having a wavelength of 0.2 μm or more) up to 4 μm, which is transmitted through a quartz glass tube) is placed under the cooler 13, located in the chamber 131 of the cooler. Above the defrosting system heater 150, a heater roof 151 is placed between the cooler 13 and the defrosting system heater 150 so that melt water does not directly fall from the cooler 13 onto the defrosting system heater 150. When a black carrier heater, such as a carbon heater, is used as the defrosting system heater 150, the frost on the cooler 13 can be effectively melted by radiation heat exchange. Thus, its surface temperature can be set low (from about 70 degrees Celsius to 80 degrees Celsius). In this case, even when a flammable refrigerant (such as isobutane, which is a hydrocarbon refrigerant) is used as a refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle, and a refrigerant leak and the like occurs, the risk of ignition can be reduced. In addition, the frost on the cooler 13 can be more effectively melted by radiative heat exchange compared to a heater with a nichrome wire, and, therefore, the frost formed on the cooler 13 is melted gradually and less prone to fall in pieces immediately. Thus, the noise from the frost falling on the roof 151 of the heater can be reduced. Thus, a refrigerator excellent in silence and defrosting efficiency can be provided.

[0178] It should be noted that examples of the defrosting heater 150 may include an embedded heater that is integrated as a unit in the cooler 13. In addition, a glass tube heater and an embedded heater can be used together. The melt water generated around the cooler 13, or the melt water that has fallen on the roof of the heater 151, falls on the cooler chamber and is discharged outside the refrigerator (for example, using an evaporation cup placed in the machine chamber 1A) through the melt water outlet port 155 and through the melt water receiving portion 154, which is formed on the underside in the cooler chamber 131.

[0179] Furthermore, when two coolers (evaporators) are placed, that is, a freezer compartment cooler and a refrigerator compartment cooler, the evaporation temperature can be set relatively higher in the refrigerator compartment cooler than in the freezer compartment cooler. Thus, frost is less likely to form around the cooler. Therefore, the defrosting system heater 150 may be omitted, and therefore, the lid of the heater 151 may also be omitted. As a result, the melt water that will be generated by the cooler 13 falls into the cooler chamber directly to the melt water receiving portion 154, which is formed on the lower portion in the cooler chamber 131 and is discharged outside the refrigerator through the melt water outlet port 155 (such as an evaporation cup, housed in engine chamber 1A).

[0180] When two coolers (evaporators) are placed, that is, a freezer compartment cooler and a refrigerator compartment cooler, a refrigerator compartment cooler is located at the rear surface of the storage compartment at the rear of the lower portion of the refrigerator compartment 2 (substantially sealed containers 2X and 2Y) or in the rear surface of the vegetable compartment 5. Thus, it is advisable to place the device 200 for generating fog, for example, in the rear wall of the space for placing stored products in the refrigerator compartment 2, the rear wall of the storage compartment behind the rear surface of the essentially sealed containers 2X and 2Y or in the rear wall of the vegetable compartment 5. Melt water generated by the cooler of the refrigerator compartment can be used as a water supply for the fog generating device 200, and it is advisable that the container for receiving and the accumulation of melt water generated by the cooler of the refrigerator compartment was placed instead of the heater cover 151, located under the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131. In this case, when the water overflows the container of the water outlet port located in the upper section of the container, the overflow water is discharged outside the refrigerator through the melt water leakage port 155, thereby eliminating the need to take into account the overflow of water in the outlet port located in the upper section of the container. Thus, it is advisable that the container be placed in the cooler chamber 131 in a position under the cooler of the refrigerator compartment and above the melt water leak port 155. Furthermore, when the discharge electrode of the fog generating device 200 is placed at a position above the container and at a level equivalent to the level of the cooler of the refrigerator compartment (at a position on the side of the front surface of the cooler), or at a position between the cooler of the refrigerator compartment and the container, there is an advantage in that the water supply route can be shortened during the supply of water in the container to the discharge electrode, for example, by means of a capillary phenomenon.

[0181] As illustrated in FIG. 10, the fog generating device 200 is arranged such that it is at least partially received in a concave portion of the upper wall (upper separation wall 24) of the vegetable compartment 5 adjacent to the freezer compartment 6. Cooling air in another storage compartment (in the freezer compartment 6), adjacent to the storage compartment (vegetable compartment 5), in which the fog generating device 200 is located, can be used to generate condensed water around the unit radiation. This condensed water can be used in such a way as to cause the discharge electrode to generate fog through the application of voltage.

[0182] In FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, the interior lighting device 900 of the storage compartment is located, for example, in the upper wall 740 as the inner wall of the refrigerator compartment 2 as storage compartment. The storage compartment interior lighting device 900 includes a plurality of LEDs. It should be noted that the lighting device 900 can be placed in the side wall 790, in the bottom wall 780, or in the dividing wall 24 in the storage compartment. A plurality of LEDs of the lighting device 900 are arranged on the side of the front surface of the refrigerator 1 with respect to the front edges of the shelves 80 and, therefore, they can carefully illuminate the inside of the storage compartment from the upper side to the lower side without blocking by the shelves 80. The optical axis of at least one of the plurality of LEDs lighting devices 900 are arranged such that door pockets provided on a door of a storage compartment (such as a refrigerator compartment door 7) can be illuminated when pb storage compartment (such as a door of the refrigerator compartment 7) is open. Thus, even when the periphery of the refrigerator 1 is in the dark, for example at night, not only the inside of the storage compartment, but also the door pockets can be lit. Thus, a user-friendly refrigerator can be provided.

[0183] In the above example, the cooling air passage 760, which will be formed on the rear surface of the storage compartment, is formed from a separate component (such as the first air passage component 762), which is separate from the inner case 750 forming the concave portion 440. The first component 762 of the air channel can be molded or formed as a unit with the inner housing 750. In this case, it is advisable that the inner housing is essentially in a central position in the width direction (in the direction n right and left) of the concave portion 440 formed in the portion of the inner body 750 corresponding to the rear surface, to be formed into a protruding portion having the shape of a circular arc (either an arch shape or a U-shape) in the vertical cross section so that the protruding portion was molded and protruded toward the inside of the storage compartment and was used in place of the first air channel component 762. Alternatively, the space between the protruding portion obtained by giving the inner casing a circular arc shape (or arch shape or U-shape) and vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be used as cooling air channel 760. When it is difficult to form the cooling air channel 760 only with a protruding portion in the form of a circular arc and a vacuum thermal insulation material 400, it is advisable to place a second air channel component 764 having, for example, an elliptical cross-sectional shape, in the space between the protruding portion and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 Thus, when the inner case 750 is used in place of the first air channel component 762, the first air channel component 762 can be omitted. Thus, the first component of the air channel does not have to be assembled, for example, on the inner housing 750, and therefore, the assembly efficiency can be improved. As a result, a heat-insulating box case, a refrigerator, and a device that have fewer components can be provided, are inexpensive and excellent in structural properties.

[0184] (Another heat-insulating box body and refrigerator)

11 is a front cross section illustrating a heat-insulating box body in accordance with Embodiment 1 of the present invention. 12 is a rear view illustrating a heat-insulating box body. In addition, FIG. 13 is a perspective view illustrating a heat-insulating box body when viewed from the front surface side. 14 is another perspective view illustrating a heat-insulating box body when viewed from the rear surface (rear side). Parts equivalent to those shown in FIGS. 1-10 are denoted by the same reference characters to omit their description. It should be noted that, in fact, vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 are located in the inner spaces 315 of the walls and are formed between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750. However, in FIG. 12, for ease of understanding the shape of the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 placed in the rear wall of the refrigerator 1, the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 are illustrated transparently through the back surface of the outer casing 710 (in other words, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are indicated by solid lines). In addition, the guides 755 are not illustrated in FIG.

[0185] The refrigerator 1 includes a heat-insulating box body 700 formed of an outer case 710 made of, for example, metal, and an inner case 750 made of, for example, resin. In addition, rigid polyurethane foam and / or vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 are placed (loaded) as heat-insulating material in the inner spaces 315 of the walls and are formed between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 (in particular, in the upper surface, in the right and left side surfaces, the rear surface and in the portion of the lower surface of the refrigerator 1 or the heat-insulating box body 700).

[0186] The heat-insulating box body 700 of the refrigerator 1 according to Embodiment 1 is provided with a corner-shaped cylindrical shape (substantially a rectangular parallelepiped) having such a shape that the upper side, lower side and sides are open and the front surface portion is open and forms a hole portion . In addition, the heat-insulating box body 700 is divided, for example, by a plurality of (two in FIG. 11) dividing panels 24 into a plurality of storage compartments (such as a refrigerator compartment 2, an ice compartment 3, a universal compartment 4, a vegetable compartment 5 and a freezer department 6). Sheet metal coatings 34, each of which is formed of sheet metal (having a thickness of, for example, 0.5 mm or more), are attached to the sides of the front surface of these dividing panels 24 using fasteners such as screws. Sheet metal coatings 34 are attached to the heat-insulating box body 700 using screws or the like. such that the dividing panels 24 are mounted on the heat-insulating box body 700. Thus, when the dividing panels 24 are mounted on the heat-insulating box body 700 by using sheet metal coatings 34, the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be increased.

[0187] Furthermore, in the refrigerator 1 or in the heat-insulating box case 700 according to this embodiment, in storage compartments, such as a refrigerator compartment 2, a vegetable compartment 5 and a freezer compartment 6, guide sections 755 (such as guides or holding guide sections) to support shelves 80 or sliding storage compartments (such as sliding doors or drawers) that are installed in the storage compartment are formed on side walls 790.

[0188] The heat-insulating box body 700 having the structure described above is manufactured, for example, as follows. First, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are attached to the outer casing 710 by pre-bonding with a second adhesive. Then, the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 are attached to each other by means of a connection or the like, for example, in a state in which the inner walls 315 are formed. After that, as illustrated in FIG. 14, with the upside of the rear surface of the heat-insulating box body 700, the liquid raw materials of the rigid polyurethane foam are introduced through injection ports 703 and 704 for urethane and the like, which are formed on the back surface side, and then the composite foaming is performed at gaps 315. Thus, the inner parts of the inner gaps 315 of the walls are filled with rigid polyurethane foam.

[0189] In this embodiment, in the parts where the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed (such as the concave portion 440, the second concave portion 441, the side walls 790, or the doors (7, 8, 9, 10, and 11)), urethane It is used mainly not as a heat-insulating material, but mainly as an adhesive. In particular, in the parts where the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed, the thermal insulation characteristics are ensured by setting the coating or fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 to a predetermined value or more. In particular, in part or in the entire range of the concave portion 440, for example, solid urethane, which will be deposited or charged into the space between the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 and the inner housing 750, is used as an adhesive, mainly intended for the bonding function. Thus, the adhesive that will be applied or loaded into the gaps 315 between the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 and the inner case 750 (or the outer case 710) in the wall (in the rear wall 730 of the refrigerator 1) must satisfy only the bonding strength (bond strength and bonding characteristics) ) adhesive. Therefore, the predetermined adhesive thickness is preferably small, in particular approximately 11 mm or less, preferably approximately 6 mm or less.

[0190] Furthermore, in order to satisfy the bonding strength (s) of the adhesive and to provide the strength of the box body during bonding by a predetermined amount or more, the thickness of the adhesive should be equal to or greater than a predetermined thickness, preferably 1 mm or more. It should be noted that even when concave-convex portions are formed on the surface of the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 or on the surface of the inner case 750 (or the outer case 710), it is preferable that the adhesive spread substantially along the entire gap 315 between the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 and the inner case 750 (or outer case 710) even in areas corresponding to concave-convex sections, for example, by applying or loading an adhesive substance essentially onto during the gaps between the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 and the inner case (or outer case). Thus, the thickness of the adhesive is preferably about 3 mm or more.

[0191] it Should be noted that when the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed not only in the concave portion 440 formed in the rear wall, but also in other parts in the rear wall 730, or in the side walls 790, in the upper wall 740, in the lower wall 780 or in the partition walls 24, in the parts facing the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400, the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 and the wall surfaces (such as the walls of the inner case 750, the outer case 710 or the partition walls 24) can be connected directly to each other g with the other, as in the concave portion 440, provided that a predetermined adhesive thickness can be provided in the inner walls 315. Thus, the predetermined adhesive thickness is preferably about 11 mm or less, more preferably about 6 mm or less, and preferably about 1 mm or more, more preferably about 3 mm or more.

[0192] It should be noted that, on the side of the rear surface of the heat-insulating box body 700, injection ports 703 and 704 are formed so as to allow heat-insulating foam such as urethane to be loaded through them. Thus, in the spaces 315 in the heat-insulating box body 700 (in the space between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750), rigid polyurethane foam is loaded in the positions facing the injection ports 703 and 704, and therefore, the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are difficult to place in these positions . As a countermeasure in this embodiment, on the side of the rear surface of the heat-insulating box body 700, as illustrated in FIG. 12, vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 are placed in parts, with the exception of parts facing injection ports 703 and 704. In particular, vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 to be used are cut in portions facing injection ports 703 and 704, and vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are arranged such that the cut portions 33 fall into portions whelping to the injection ports 703 and 704. Thus, the urethane does not experience obstacles when loading or flow.

[0193] In addition, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, which will be placed on the side of the rear surface of the heat-insulating box body 700, should not be, for example, the only part and can be formed from an array of many segments (for example, two or three), each of which has cut portions 33 in portions facing injection ports 703 and 704, such as cutouts and openings having a size substantially equivalent to or larger than the injection ports 703 and 704. It should be noted that the vacuum thermal insulation The production material 400 does not have to be separated and can be formed from a single piece. The vacuum thermal insulation material 400 may be formed from a single part, provided that the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 has cutouts or openings so as not to interfere or obstruct the loading or flow of the urethane, which will be loaded through the injection ports 703 and 704 into the target parts in the heat-insulating box case 700.

[0194] In this embodiment, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 has a cut portion 33 formed in at least one corner portion, and the cut portion 33 is arranged so that it faces the injection port 703 or 704. The cut portion 33 is formed in the corner portion in the position in which the cut portion 33 faces the injection port 703 or 704 in a state in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed in the heat-insulating box body 700. The cut portion 33 formed in the corner the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, is placed in the part facing the injection port 703 or 704 so that the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the injection port 703 or 704 do not interfere with each other. Through this placement, the placement areas of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be increased and the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be placed so as not to overlap the injection ports 703 and 704 (the injection of liquid rigid polyurethane foam does not interfere with the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400). When the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 are arranged in this manner, a heat-insulating box body 700 or a refrigerator 1 can be provided that have excellent heat-insulating characteristics and are able to provide strength to the box body. It should be noted that when the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 do not have cut sections 33, it is advisable that the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 be placed so that they do not overlap the injection ports 703 and 704 (so that the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed in such positions that vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 did not interfere with injection ports 703 and 704).

[0195] it Should be noted that it is desirable that the injection ports 703 and 704 were placed between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750, in which the side walls 790 are formed.

[0196] Furthermore, the positions at which the injection ports 703 and 704 are formed are just an example, and the injection ports 703 and 704 can be formed appropriately in accordance with the shape of the heat-insulating box body 700, in other words, with the shape of the internal spaces 315 of the walls which must be formed between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750. Thus, injection ports 703 and 704 can be formed in positions on any of the side surfaces (such as the right side surface, the left side erhnost, the front surface, the rear surface, the top surface or bottom surface) in accordance with the shape of the heat-insulating box body 700 or the refrigerator 1.

[0197] FIG. 22 is a rear view illustrating another heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Parts equivalent to those in FIGS. 1-14 are denoted by the same reference characters to omit them from this. In Fig. 22, as in Fig. 12, for simplicity of understanding the shape of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 located in the rear wall of the refrigerator 1, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is illustrated transparently through the rear surface of the outer casing 710 (in other words, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is solid lines).

[0198] In Fig. 22, the loading ports (injection ports) 703 and 704, which are formed on the side of the rear surface of the heat-insulating box body 700 and allow, for example, to load or insert rigid polyurethane foam through them, are formed in four positions at about four corners (about four angular sections) of the rear wall part, with the exception of the machine chamber 1A, located on the lower section on the rear part or on the upper section on the rear part of the heat-insulating box-shaped housing 700. Each of the loading ports 703 and 704 is located at a position remote from the left edge or right edge of the box body 700 by a predetermined distance Y1 in the width direction, and remote from the upper edge, lower edge or end portion of the machine chamber 1A by a predetermined distance Y2 in the vertical direction. It should be noted that when the thickness of each of the side walls 790 is represented as T1 mm and the length in the transverse direction of each of the loading ports (circle diameter) is represented as r1, the predetermined distance Y1 in the width direction is preferably T1 + r1 or less so that when a filler, such as urethane, is charged through loading ports (injection ports) 703 and 704, a filler, such as urethane, flowed smoothly into the side walls 790. In particular, under the assumption that the thickness of each of the side walls 790 is approximately 20 m m to 50 mm, the diameter r1 of each of the loading ports 703 and 704 is from about 25 mm to 50 mm, and each of the loading ports 703 and 704 are placed with a predetermined distance T01 mm or more from the end portion of the side wall 790 (in particular 10 mm or more), the specified distance Y1 is T01 + r1 or more and T1 + r1 or less. Thus, the predetermined distance Y1 is preferably approximately 35 mm or more and 80 mm or less.

[0199] Furthermore, when the thickness of the upper wall, lower wall, or heat-insulating partition wall for separating the machine chamber and storage compartments from each other is represented as T2 mm, and the vertical length of each of the loading ports (circle diameter) is represented as r2, a predetermined distance Y2 in the vertical direction is preferably T2 + r2 or less so that when a filler such as urethane is charged through loading ports (injection ports) 703 and 704, a filler such as urethane flows smoothly into the upper stack nku, to the bottom wall or to the separation wall. The thickness of the upper wall, lower wall or separation wall is approximately 20 mm to 50 mm, and the diameter r2 of each of the loading ports 703 and 704 is approximately 25 mm to 50 mm. Thus, under the assumption that each of the loading ports 703 and 704 is placed with a predetermined distance T02 mm or more (in particular 10 mm or more) from the terminal portion of the wall surface, the specified distance Y2 is T02 + r2 or more and T2 + r2 or less. Thus, the predetermined distance Y2 is preferably 35 mm or more and 80 mm or less.

[0200] It should be noted that when the convex portions 450 are formed and protrude towards the compartment (inside the storage compartment), as illustrated in FIG. 8, the aggregate is smoothly loaded, provided that the loading ports 703 and 704 are formed within the ranges in which respectively, convex sections 450 are formed (ranges between predetermined parts 797 and 798 of each of the inclined sides 456 of substantially triangular shapes of the convex sections 450 that are connected to the rear wall 730 or side wall 790. Thus, when the length across the normal direction of each of the convex sections 450 is represented as A, the predetermined distance Y1 is preferably T01 + r1 or more and T1 + A or less. When the vertical length of each of the convex sections 450 is represented as B, the predetermined distance Y2 is preferably T02 + r2 or more and T2 + B or less. Thus, assuming that the length of each of the convex portions 450, for example, is from 180 mm to 200 mm, the predetermined distance Y1 may be 250 mm or less (preferably about 230 mm or less). By this distance, even when a loading aggregate, such as urethane, hits the inclined sides 456 of the convex sections 450 (which may be in the form of a circular arc), the inclination of the inclined sides allows the filler to be smoothly inserted, for example, into the side walls 790 or the upper wall 740. Therefore, there is no problem.

[0201] (Guide elements on the side walls)

The following is a description of a case in which the guide sections 755 (such as the guide or mounting sections of the guides) for supporting shelves 80 or sliding storage compartments (such as sliding doors or drawers) are formed on the side walls 790.

[0202] FIG. 24 is a sectional view of a main part illustrating the surroundings of a mounting portion of a refrigerator rail according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 25 is a sectional view of a main body illustrating the surroundings of another mounting portion of refrigerator guides in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 26 is a sectional view of a main body illustrating the surroundings of yet another mounting portion of refrigerator guides in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 27 is a sectional view of a main part illustrating the surroundings of yet another mounting portion of refrigerator guides in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. In FIGS. 24-27, parts equivalent to those in FIGS. 1-14 are denoted by the same reference characters to omit their description. In addition, in Figs. 24-27, equivalent parts are denoted by the same symbols for reference, and therefore, a description thereof has been made with respect to one of these figures in order to omit the description with respect to the other figures.

[0203] In FIG. 24, on a side wall 790 in a storage compartment such as a refrigerator compartment 2, a vegetable compartment 5 or a freezer compartment 6, a guide portion 755 (such as a mounting portion of a guide member or a holding guide portion) to support the shelf 80 or a storage compartment (such as a sliding door or drawer) that is installed in the storage compartment is formed, for example, in a concave portion 717 of the inner case having a concave shape, or in a convex portion of the inner case having a convex shape in the inner case 750. The guide support portion 820 for the guide member 810 is attached to the inner case 750, a reinforcing member 731, or heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, using a guide fastening member 735, such as a screw. Thus, when the thickness of the heat-insulating material 701, such as rigid polyurethane foam, on the side wall 790, as the third intermediate element that is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, is set to be equal to or less than a predetermined thickness (about 11 mm or less, preferably less than 10 mm, more preferably about 6 mm or less), so that the wall thickness is reduced to increase the internal volume of the storage compartment, there is a risk that a fastening element such as a screw for fastening or holding the guide element or the reinforcing element damages or tears the outer wrapping material of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400.

[0204] It should be noted that when the fastening member 735, such as a screw, is shortened so as not to damage the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, the fastening strength or the holding strength for fastening or holding the guide member 810 is reduced. As a result, when the drawer 520, shelf 80, etc. mounted on the guiding element 810, and the storage product is placed in it or placed on it, there is a risk that the fastening element 735 will be detached from the inner case 750 due to the weight of, for example, the stored product, box 520 or shelf 80. In addition, when the drawer 520 is, for example, a drawer having two-stage guides that is to be extended by a large amount, there is a risk that when the drawer 520 and the like. mounted on the guide element 810, the guide section 755 is deformed due to the weight of, for example, the stored product or the drawer 520, and thus it is impossible to smoothly slide the drawer 520 in the mounting part of the inner housing 750, which is located in the position facing the guide element 810 or the reinforcing element 731. In addition, to ensure strength, the length of the fastening element 735, such as a screw, which will be inserted and fixed in the urethane 701 (the length of the threaded part), it is difficult to make less than about 10 mm A length of approximately 15 mm or more is typically provided. Thus, it is difficult to make the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam 701 as the third intermediate element between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 equal to about 15 mm or less (preferably 11 mm or less (in particular preferably less than 10 mm)). In particular, to date, in order to provide thermal insulation characteristics, urethane has been used in the low density range of 60 kg / m3 or less. Thus, a large number of voids are formed in the urethane, and therefore, the holding strength of the fastener, such as a screw, is low. As a result, the fastener, such as a screw, should be long.

[0205] In an embodiment of the present invention, on the side walls 790 of the heat-insulating box body 700 or the refrigerator 1, a guide portion 755 (such as a guide mounting portion or a holding guide portion) for supporting a shelf 80 or a drawer 520 (such as a storage drawer, door storage compartments or drawer), which is installed in a compartment (such as a storage compartment), is formed in the inner case 750. A vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed between the morning casing 750 and the outer casing 710 in the part facing the guide portion 755 of the inner casing 750. When the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed between the inner casing 750 and the outer casing 710 in the part facing the guide portion 755 of the inner casing 750, it is advisable to provide an attachment element 735 , such as a screw, not through the side wall 790, but through the partition wall 24 as the bottom surface of the compartment, the partition wall (upper wall) 24 as the top surface of the compartment, top wall 740 or bottom nu wall 780. In this case, the fastening element is provided through the bottom wall 780, the dividing wall 24 as the lower surface, the dividing wall 24 as the upper surface or upper wall 740 next to the side wall 790. Thus, when the vacuum thermal insulation material is also placed in the lower wall 780, the dividing wall 24 as the lower surface, the upper wall 740 or the dividing wall 24 as the upper surface, it is advisable to place a vacuum thermal insulation material 400, for example, so that it does not adhered to the part where the fastening element 735 is provided, or so that it has a cutout in the part where the fastening element 735 is provided. By this, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be placed in the side wall 790, and the wall thickness can be reduced.

[0206] Furthermore, in an embodiment of the present invention, even when the length of the fastening member 735 (the length of the threaded portion), such as a screw inserted into the urethane 701 used as the third intermediate member, is set to be approximately less than 10 mm, provided that that urethane is used as the third intermediate element in the density range of more than 60 kg / m ³ , the number of voids in the urethane is less than in the case when the density is less than 60 kg / m ³ . Thus, the urethane for holding the fastener 735, such as a screw, is increased in strength, and therefore, the fastener 735 is increased in retention. In this case, a lamellar reinforcing element 731 (a screw fastening portion) made of resin or metal may be placed between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 so that the fastening element 735 is inserted into the fastening screw fastening portion 731. The thickness of the reinforcing element 731 is not particularly limited provided that the fastening element 735, such as a screw, can be held or fixed. In particular, the thickness is set to approximately 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less. Also in this case, when the density of the urethane as the third intermediate element is set to more than 60 kg / m ³ , the holding strength of the reinforcing element 731 (screw fixing portion) in the urethane 701 can be increased. Thus, for example, deformation of the guide portion 755 and the fastening element 735 in the inner housing 750 can be prevented, and the displacement of the reinforcing element 731 in the urethane 701 can also be prevented. In particular, with a two-stage guide structure, in which the storage compartment is advanced in two stages, the fastening strength or retention of the fastening element must be large. However, when the urethane density is set to more than 60 kg / m ³ , the two-stage guide structure can be used without problems. Furthermore, even when the thickness of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, is set to 11 mm or less (in particular, less than 10 mm), preferably 6 mm or less, and the length of the threaded portion of the fastening element 735, such as a screw, is set to 10 mm or less, the protrusion length of the threaded part in the urethane-based heat-insulating material 701 decreases by an amount corresponding to the thickness of the inner case 750 (for example, from 1 mm to 2 mm) in the part to which the screw 735 is fixed (guide section 755), or value corresponding to t the thickness of the reinforcing element 731 (for example, from about 1 mm to 8 mm). By this means, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not damaged or torn by means of a screw 735.

[0207] In particular, on the side wall 790, in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed between the inner housing 750 and the outer housing 710, and a guide member 810 for the sliding storage compartment is fixed, the thickness of the thermal insulation foam 701 (such as rigid polyurethane foam) in part facing the guiding portion 755 (mounting portion of the guides) on which the guiding element 810 is mounted is set to 11 mm or less, a ratio expressed as “thickness of the thermal insulation foam / (thickness a heat-insulating foam + thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) ", is set to 0.3 or less, and the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is set greater than 60 kg / m ^3. Thereby, the fastening element 735 of the attachment, such as a screw, is prevented from being detached, or the holding strength or fastening strength of the attachment element 735, such as a screw, is increased. Thus, deformation, etc. the guide portion 755 does not occur, and therefore the drawer 520 and the like. can be smoothly pushed in and out. In addition, the guide portion 755 (guide mounting portion) on which the fastening member 735, such as a screw, is mounted, or the inner case 750 is not damaged. The result is improved reliability.

[0208] The guide member 810 is attached or held onto the opening and closing doors 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11 of the storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and includes an upper guide 811 as a movable guide that will slide out together with opening the opening and closing doors, the lower guide 812 as a fixed guide attached to the side wall 790 of the storage compartment, an intermediate guide 813 located between the upper guide 811 and the lower guide 812, the guide support portion 820, attached to the lower guide 812 by an attachment portion 836 for securing a guide support portion such as a screw or spike, a box support portion 830 attached to an upper guide 811 by a drawer support portion attachment portion 835 such as a screw or spike, and a plurality of bearings 815 as rotating support members to support the grip between the intermediate guide 813, the upper guide 811 and the lower guide 812. The guide support portion 820 is attached by a guide fastening member 735, such as a screw, to a splitting section 755 of the inner case 750 corresponding to the side wall 790 of the storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. In addition, the drawer support portion 830 supports the drawer 520 located in the storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 to cause the drawer 520 to move forward and backward along with the movement of the upper guide 811 as the movable guide in the forward and backward directions (drawer 520 slides in and out in the forward and backward direction, being moved in the forward and backward direction along with the movement of the upper guide 811). In addition, the intermediate guide 813 moves forward and backward along with the movement of the upper guide 811 in the forward and backward directions. Thus, the drawer 520 in the storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 moves forward and backward together with the upper guide 811 in synchronization with the storage compartment in the front door 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11 being moved forward and backward relative to refrigerator 1. In a state in which the storage compartment door is fully open, the drawer 520 can be freely removed in an upward direction.

[0209] It should be noted that the lower guide 812 and the guide support portion 820 may be integrally formed with each other. In particular, the lower guide 812 and the guide support portion 820 may be attached to one another in advance by welding or the like. In this case, the screw as the fastening member 836 of the guide support portion can be omitted, and therefore, the assembly efficiency can be improved. Alternatively, a portion of the lower guide 812 may be used as the guide support portion 820. In this case, welding, screw, etc. can be omitted, and therefore, a guiding element and a refrigerator can be provided, which are inexpensive and excellent in assembly efficiency.

[0210] The guide attachment member 735 allows the guide support portion 820 of the guide member 810 to be attached to or held onto the guide portion 755c of the inner case 750 corresponding to the side wall 790 of each of the storage compartments. It should be noted that the guide element 810 has a certain size, and therefore protrudes toward the storage compartment in a state in which it is mounted on the side of the storage compartment of the guide portion 755. In order to reduce the size of the protrusion in the storage compartment, it is preferable that the guide the portion 755 has been recessed from the side of the storage compartment to the outer casing 710. Therefore, the guide portion 755 of the inner casing 750 is given a shape recessed into the outer casing 710. By this, it is formed into bent section 717 of the inner casing. Thus, when the guide member 810 is mounted on the side of the storage compartment in the concave portion 717 of the inner case formed by recessing the guide portion 755 into the outer case 710, the inner volume of the storage compartment and the volume of the drawer 520 can be increased.

[0211] On the side of the outer case 710 (on the side opposite the side of the storage compartment) of the guide portion 755 of the inner case 750, a reinforcing element 731 is disposed between the guide portion 755 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, and the thermal insulation material 701 as a third intermediate element, such as urethane , is loaded between the reinforcing element 731 and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400. The reinforcing element 731 is attached or held on the guide portion 755 in substantially close contact with and thermally insulating material 701, such as urethane. Between the guide portion 755 of the inner case 750 and the outer case 710, the guide portion 755, the reinforcing element 731, the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 are placed in this order from the side of the inner case 750. It should be noted that in In this embodiment, heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, is charged between the inner body 750 and vacuum heat-insulating material 400, but the adhesive can be used as the third the intermediate member in place of the heat-insulating material 701, because insulating characteristics and durability of the box body provided with the vacuum heat insulating material 400. In this case the rigid polyurethane foam that is self-adhesive insulating foam may be used as the adhesive. It should be noted that the outer casing 710 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 are attached to each other using a second adhesive as a second intermediate element, such as hot-melt adhesive or double-sided tape.

[0212] It should be noted that the thickness Q of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, which is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, is set to approximately 15 mm or more (preferably 13 mm or more). In addition, the thickness P of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, which is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the guide portion 755 of the inner casing 750, is set to 11 mm or less (in particular, less than 10 mm). In this way, the flexural modulus of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, can be increased, and the strength of the box body 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be increased. In addition, the thickness R of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, which is loaded between the reinforcing element 731 and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400, is set less than a predetermined thickness P. In particular, the thickness R is set to approximately 6 mm or less. Thus, the strength can be further increased. In addition, the density of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, is set to be greater than 60 kg / m ³ , and therefore, the holding strength and the fastening strength of the fastening element 735, such as a screw, are increased. As a result, loosening, uncoupling or falling out of the screw is prevented. In addition, the holding strength or the fastening strength of the reinforcing element 731 is increased, and therefore, not only the displacement of the reinforcing element 731 can be prevented, but also the screw deformation and the deformation of the guide portion 755 of the inner case due to the displacement. As a result, a refrigerator and apparatus that are excellent in reliability can be provided.

[0213] In FIG. 25, the reinforcing element 731 is made of metal or resin and includes a plate main portion 734 of the reinforcing element to which the fastening element 735 is attached, a plate upper protruding portion 732 of the reinforcing element extending substantially in the horizontal direction at the upper end or an upper portion of the main portion 734 of the reinforcing element, and a plate-like lower protruding portion 733 of the reinforcing element extending in a substantially horizontal direction at the lower end or lower the main body portion 734 of the reinforcing element. The main section 734 of the reinforcing element, the upper protruding section 732 of the reinforcing element and the lower protruding section 733 of the reinforcing element are formed as a whole with each other (assembled as a whole with each other) or are molded as a whole with each other.

[0214] The reinforcing element 731 is connected to the side of the outer casing 710 of the concave portion 717 of the inner casing formed in the guide portion 755 of the inner casing 750 by a second adhesive, such as double-sided tape or hot-melt adhesive. Heat insulation material 701, such as urethane, is then charged. Thus, the reinforcing element 731 is attached or held on the guide portion 755 of the inner case 750. The reinforcing element 731 is shaped so cross-sectional that the upper protruding portion 732 of the reinforcing element and the lower protruding portion 733 of the reinforcing element extend in the same direction from the end surfaces of the main section 734 of the reinforcing element. The reinforcing element 731 is placed on the side of the outer case 710 of the concave portion 717 of the inner case in such a position that the main portion 734 of the reinforcing element is arranged to correspond to a portion of the lower surface (concave portion) of the concave portion 717 of the inner case, and the upper protruding portion 732 of the reinforcing element is arranged facing the upper stepped portion 718 of the concave portion 717 of the inner casing. In addition, the lower protruding portion 733 of the reinforcing element is positioned so that it faces the lower stepped portion 719 of the concave portion 717 of the inner case. By this, the upper protruding portion 732 of the reinforcing element or the lower protruding portion 733 of the reinforcing element 731 can be easily positioned with respect to the inner case 750. In addition, the reinforcing element 731 can be mounted on the concave portion 717 of the inner case to cover the concave portion 717 of the inner case with sides of the outer casing 710, and therefore the reinforcing element 731 can be easily positioned or mounted relative to the inner casing 750. In addition, the strength portion 717 of the inner shell is increased. It should be noted that provided that any of the upper protruding section 732 of the reinforcing element and the lower protruding section 733 of the reinforcing element is formed or molded, the reinforcing element 731 can be positioned using the upper protruding section 732 of the reinforcing element and the upper stepped section 718 of the concave section or using the lower protruding section 733 of the reinforcing element and the lower step 719 of the concave section. Thus, any of these protruding parts can be omitted (it is necessary to form only any one of these protruding parts).

[0215] Furthermore, in FIG. 25, the guide support portion 820 is formed by welding integrally with the lower guide 812 as a fixed guide of the guide member 810, and therefore, the guide member 810 can be easily assembled with the guide portion 755 of the inner case 750. In addition, the guide element 810 is placed on the lower step portion 719 of the concave portion as the placement portion of the guide element of the concave portion 717 of the inner case through the guiding support portion 820 her or lower guide 812 as a fixed guide. By this, the guide member 810 is positioned so as not to move downward. In addition, on the side of the upper surface of the lower step portion 719 of the concave portion, a fixation portion is provided in which the guide support portion 820 is attached or held by a screw or the like. The guide support portion 820 is attached or held in the fixation portion (in the displacement preventing portion) so that the support portion 820 of the guide or guide member 810 is prevented from moving upward or sideways.

[0216] The guide member 810 is placed on the lower step portion 719 of the concave portion as a guide member placement portion, and therefore, the guide support portion 820 supporting the guide member 810 is not deformed in the downward direction due to the weight of the drawer 520. Thus, the door or drawer 520 can slide in and out smoothly. It should be noted that box 520 is a container open at the top and includes the bottom wall of the box and four side walls of the box, which are formed at an angle of the casting slope for economic production efficiency. Thus, each of the side walls of the box 520 is inclined from top to bottom to the central axis of the box 520. In other words, the box 520 is formed narrower at the lower end than at the upper end.

[0217] Thus, the gap (length) between the drawer 520 and the side wall 790 is greater at the lower end of the drawer 520 than at its upper end. Thus, when the drawer 520 is supported by the guide member 810, it is preferable that the guide member 810 is supported on the lower side in the height direction of the drawer 520, since the drawer 520 can be increased in volume. When the drawer 520 is supported by the guide member 810 (such as the drawer support portion 830) at a position at 1/2 or less, preferably 1/3 or less, from the drawer 520, the drawer can be further increased in width. Thus, the box 520 can be increased in volume. In this case, the step section 525 of the box may be formed on the side wall of the box 520 so that the section 830 of the box support of the guide member 810 supports the step section 525 of the box. By this, the drawer 520 can be easily supported. In addition, the vicinity of the lower end in the direction of the height of the box 520 can be supported (in particular, the position at a height of 1/2 or less, preferably 1/3 or less from the height of the box 520). When the lowest end is supported, that is, the rear surface of the bottom wall of the box, the stepped portion 525 of the box does not have to be formed in the box 520. Thus, the box 520 can be easily produced.

[0218] When the density of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane (in particular, rigid polyurethane foam), is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 (or the outer casing 710) and the inner casing 750, in which the lower step portion 719 of the concave portion as the placement portion is formed guide, installed more than 60 kg / m ³ there is an advantage in that the lower stepped section 719 of the concave section as the location of the guide element is increased in strength. By this, even when heavy elements are placed in the box 520, no deformation or the like occurs. of the lower step portion 719 of the concave portion as the portion of the guide element on which the guide element 810 is to be placed. In this way, the box 520 can stably slide in and out. As a result, a refrigerator and apparatus that are excellent in reliability can be provided.

[0219] Furthermore, in FIGS. 24 and 25, the concave portion 717 of the inner case is capable of receiving at least a portion of the guide member 810 (such as the guide support portion 820) or the entire guide member 810. Thus, the protrusion amount of the guide member 810 towards the storage compartment can be reduced. Thus, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased, and the volume of the drawer 520 can also be increased.

[0220] In the example described in relation to Fig.24 and Fig.25, the reinforcing element 731 is placed on the side of the outer casing 710 of the concave portion 717 of the inner casing, which is recessed when viewed from the storage compartment of the inner casing 750. In the example illustrated in Fig. 26, a reinforcing element 731 is placed on the side of the outer casing 710 of the convex portion 727 of the inner casing, which protrudes when viewed from the storage compartment of the inner casing 750. In Fig. 26, the guide portion 755 of the inner casing 750, co sponds to the side wall 790 protrudes toward the storage compartment and forms a convex portion 727 of the inner housing. The convex portion 727 of the inner body includes an upper step portion 728 of the convex portion and a lower step portion 729 of the convex portion, and each of the upper step portion 728 of the convex portion and the lower step portion 729 of the convex portion is convex.

[0221] In FIG. 26, the convex portion 727 of the inner case has the shape of a concave portion when viewed from the side of the outer case 710, and the reinforcing element 731 (at least part or all of the reinforcing element 731) is received in this concave portion formed on the side of the outer case 710 of the convex portion 727 of the inner shell. Using the lower step portion of the convex portion, the reinforcing element 731 is positioned in the vertical direction or lateral direction. Furthermore, when at least part or all of the reinforcing element 731 is received in a concave portion formed on the side of the outer casing 710 of the convex portion 727 of the inner casing, the protrusion of the reinforcing element 731 to the side of the outer casing 710 can be reduced. Thus, when the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, is charged between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 (or the outer case 710) and the inner case 750, the width R of the channel through which the urethane flows (the thickness of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, between vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and a reinforcing element 731). By this means no obstruction of the smooth flow of urethane is created. Thus, the flow of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, is not blocked, and therefore, the thickness R of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, can be adequately provided between the reinforcing element 731 and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400. As a result, deterioration can be prevented the retention strength of the reinforcing member 731, or deterioration in the strength of attachment or retention of the guide fastening member 735, such as a screw, is prevented.

[0222] Furthermore, the guide support portion 820 is formed, for example, by welding integrally with the bottom guide 812 as a fixed guide of the guide member 810, and therefore, the guide member 810 can be easily assembled with the guide portion 755 of the inner case 750. In addition in addition, the guide support portion 820 is placed on the partition wall 24 located between the storage compartments, or on the bottom surface portion 780. By this, the guide member 810 is positioned so that it does not move down. In addition, a fixing portion is provided on the dividing wall 24 or the lower surface portion 780, in which the guide support portion 820 is attached or held by a screw or the like. The guide support portion 820 is attached or held at the attachment portion (at the displacement prevention portion) so that the guide portion or guide member 820 is prevented from moving upward or sideways. It should be noted that the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed in the dividing wall 24 or in the area 780 of the lower surface.

[0223] A guiding member 810 is disposed on the side of the outer shell 710 of the concave portion 717 of the inner shell 750 in FIG. 24 and FIG. 25 and placed on the side of the outer shell 710 of the convex portion 727 of the inner shell in FIG. 26. The guide member 810 need not be placed in a concave portion 717 of the inner case or in a convex portion 727 of the inner case and can be placed on a flat portion of the inner case 750, as illustrated in FIG.

[0224] In FIG. 27, a guiding member 810 is disposed in a guiding portion 755 of the inner housing 750, and the guiding portion 755 is attached to a flat surface of the inner housing 750 by a fastening member 735, such as a screw. In addition, the reinforcing element 731 is placed on a surface on the side of the outer casing 710 of the guide portion 755, and the reinforcing element 731 is attached or held by a heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, which is loaded between the reinforcing element 731 and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400. In this case, the heat-insulating material 701 is loaded in a state in which the reinforcing element 731 is connected or attached to the inner housing 750 by a second adhesive material such as hot-melt adhesive or two-sided lower tape. By this, the reinforcing element 731 is held or attached to a surface on the side of the outer case 710 of the inner case 750.

[0225] In Fig. 27, as in Figs. 24-26, the density of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, is set to more than 60 kg / m3, and therefore, the holding strength or the fastening strength of the fastening element 735, such as a screw, is increased. . As a result, loosening, uncoupling or falling out of the screw is prevented. In addition, the holding strength or the fastening strength of the reinforcing element 731 is increased, and therefore, not only the displacement of the reinforcing element 731 can be prevented, but also the screw deformation and the deformation of the guide portion 755 of the inner case due to the displacement. As a result, a refrigerator and apparatus that are excellent in reliability can be provided.

[0226] Furthermore, the thickness P of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, which is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the guide portion 755 of the inner case 750, is set to 11 mm or less (in particular, less than 10 mm), preferably 6 mm or smaller. In this way, the flexural modulus of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, can be increased, and the strength of the box body 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be increased. In addition, the thickness R of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, which is loaded between the reinforcing element 731 and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400, is set less than a predetermined thickness P. In particular, the thickness R is set to approximately 6 mm or less. Thus, the strength can be further increased.

[0227] In addition, in FIG. 27, an end portion (such as a lower end) of the guide portion 755 of the inner housing 750 forms a protruding portion 757 in which the inner housing 750 projects toward the storage compartment, and the guide guide supporting portion 820 of the guide member 810 is placed on the upper surface of the protruding portion 757. The protrusion length of the protruding portion 757 on the side of the storage compartment in the width direction is less than the protrusion length of the guide member 810 in the width direction. When the protruding portion 757 protrudes less into the storage compartment than the guide member 810, the reduction in the storage compartment volume and the drawer volume is prevented.

[0228] Furthermore, the guide support portion 820 is formed, for example, by welding integrally with the lower guide 812 as the fixed guide of the guide member 810, and therefore, the guide member 810 can be easily assembled with the guide portion 755 of the inner case 750. In addition Moreover, the guide support portion 820 is placed on the side of the upper surface of the protruding portion 757 formed at the end portion (at the lower end) of the guide portion 755. By this, the guide member 810 p zitsioniruetsya so that it does not move down. In addition, on the side of the upper surface of the protruding portion 757, a fastening portion is provided in which the guide supporting portion 820 is attached or held by a screw or the like. The guide support portion 820 is attached or held in the fixation portion (in the displacement prevention portion) so that the guide portion or guide member 820 is prevented from moving upward or sideways.

[0229] It should be noted that in FIG. 24 and FIG. 26, the guide portion 755 is positioned near the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780. Thus, the guide member 810 is mounted near the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780, and the drawer 520 is supported in the bottom position in the direction of the height of the drawer 520. There is an advantage in that the placement strength of the guide member 810 is increased. Meanwhile, in FIG. 25 and FIG. 27, the guide portion 755 and the separation wall 24 or the lower wall 780 are spaced apart from each other a predetermined distance G, and therefore, the guide element 810 can be mounted at a position higher by a predetermined distance G than the dividing wall 24 or the lower wall 780. Thus, the drawer 520 can be supported in a higher position, and therefore, the drawer can smoothly move in and out. In addition, the support portion of the drawer 830 of the guide member 810 may be shortened. By this, a guiding element and a refrigerator can be provided which are excellent in strength and inexpensive.

[0230] It should be noted that the step portion 525 of the drawer may be formed on the side wall of the drawer 520 so that the support portion 830 of the drawer of the guide member 810 supports the drawer step 525. By this, the drawer 520 can be easily supported. In addition, the vicinity of the lower end in the direction of the height of the box 520 can be supported (in particular, the position at a height of 1/2 or less, preferably 1/3 or less from the height of the box 520). When the lowest end is supported, that is, the rear surface of the bottom wall of the box, the stepped portion 525 of the box does not have to be formed in the box 520. Thus, the box 520 can be easily produced.

[0231] When the density of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane (in particular, rigid polyurethane foam), is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 (or the outer casing 710) and the inner casing 750 in which the end portion of the guide portion 757 (protruding guide portion portion) as the accommodation portion of the guide and protrudes toward the storage compartment, is set at more than 60 kg / m ^3, there is an advantage in that the end portion of the guide portion 757 as a portion azmescheniya guide member is increased in strength. By this, even when heavy elements are placed in the box 520, no deformation or the like occurs. the protruding portion of the guide portion 757 as the portion of the placement of the guide member into which the guide member 810 is to be placed. Thus, the drawer 520 can stably slide in and out. As a result, a refrigerator and apparatus that are excellent in reliability can be provided.

[0232] It should be noted that the guide element 810 does not have to be placed on the side wall 790 and can be placed on the partition wall of the storage compartment in which the guide element 810 (including the partition wall located between the storage compartments, such as dividing wall 24 as the lower surface or upper surface of the storage compartment, lower wall 780 or upper wall 740). In other words, the guide support portion 820 for supporting the guide member 810 may be placed (placed) on a partition wall (including a partition wall 24, an upper wall 740 or a lower wall 780). Thus, when the guide support portion 820 for supporting the guide member 810 is placed on the partition wall 24 of the storage compartment, the fastening member 735 need not be placed on the side wall 790. Thus, the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 to be placed on the side wall, can be increased in thickness, and the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, which is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 in the side wall 790, can be reduced n in thickness. Thus, the internal volume of the storage compartment or the volume of the drawer 520 can be increased.

[0233] It should be noted that when the guide support portion 820 is placed on the partition wall, it is advisable that on the partition wall 24, the bottom wall 780 or the top wall 740, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed at a position other than the position at which the element 735 is placed rail mounting In addition, when the fastening element to which the fastening element is attached, such as a screw, is placed in a position in which the guide fastening element 735 is placed, the fastening strength and the holding strength of the fastening element are increased. In addition, when a heat-insulating material, such as rigid polyurethane foam or expanded polystyrene, is loaded, applied or placed between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the outer shell element corresponding to the dividing wall, provided that the density of the heat-insulating material is set to more than 60 kg / m ³ , the strength increases holding or securing the fastening element or the reinforcing element for attaching or holding the guide element 810. As a result, the reliability can be improved.

[0234] In the above case, the guide portion 755 of the inner case 750 is attached to the inside of the storage compartment by a screw or the like. (the screw head as the fastening element 735 is located on the storage compartment side 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, and the threaded portion of the fastening element 735 is placed between the guide portion 755 of the inner case 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400). However, the screw 735 as a fastening element may protrude from the inside of the side wall 790 into the storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In this case, a screw head is sandwiched between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the guide portion 755 of the inner housing 750 (the threaded portion is attached to the guide portion 755, the reinforcing member of the guide 731, or the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane). Also in this case, the density of the urethane is more than 60 kg / m ³ . Thus, urethane 701 is increased in strength, and the fastening strength or holding strength between the fastening element 735, such as a screw, and heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, and between the inner case 750 and heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, is increased. By this, deformation, for example, of the inner case, displacement of the reinforcing element 731, loosening of the screw, and the like is prevented. As a result, the box 520, etc. can slide out smoothly (slide out and slide in smoothly).

[0235] In an embodiment of the present invention, in the position facing the portion of the side wall 790 where the guide element is placed, the thickness of the thermal insulation foam (such as rigid polyurethane foam) is set to 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm) between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400. By this means, the flexural modulus of the urethane can be increased, and therefore the wall thickness can be reduced while maintaining the strength of the walls. In addition, in the position facing the portion of the side wall 790 where the guide element is located, the thickness of the thermal insulation foam (such as rigid polyurethane foam) is set to 6 mm or less between the inner housing 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. By this, the urethane bending modulus can be further increased, and therefore the wall thickness can be reduced while maintaining the strength of the walls.

[0236] In addition, the ratio expressed as “thickness of the heat-insulating foam / (thickness of the heat-insulating foam + thickness of the vacuum heat-insulating material)” is set to 0.3 or less. By this, the composite thermal conductivity of the composite member formed by the combination of the thermal insulation foam and the vacuum thermal insulation material can be reduced. Thus, even when the wall thickness is reduced, the thermal insulation performance can be improved.

[0237] In addition, the density of the foamed urethane is set to more than 60 kg / m ³ . By this, the wall thickness can be reduced while maintaining the strength of the walls.

[0238] Thus, in the embodiment of the present invention, in the position facing the portion of the side wall 790 where the guide element is placed, the thickness of the heat-insulating foam (such as rigid polyurethane foam) is set to 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm) between the inner case 750 and vacuum thermal insulation material 400. The ratio, expressed as “thickness of thermal insulation foam / (thickness of thermal insulation foam + thickness of vacuum thermal insulation material)”, established but equal to or less than 0.3. The density of the foamed urethane is set to more than 60 kg / m ³ . By this, the wall thickness can be further reduced while maintaining the strength of the walls. It should be noted that the “thickness of the thermal insulation foam" in the above expression corresponds to the thickness of the urethane. Thus, the thickness P of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, which is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the guide portion 755 of the inner case 750, the thickness Q of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, which is charged between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, or the thickness R of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the reinforcing element 731 may be “the thickness of the heat-insulating foam terial. " For example, when the “thickness of the heat-insulating foam” is the thickness R of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the reinforcing element 731, it is only necessary to establish a relation expressed as “thickness R of the heat-insulating foam / (thickness R of the heat-insulating foam + thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material) ”equal to 0.3 or less. Similarly, when “thickness” is a thickness of P or Q, it is only necessary to replace “R” in “thickness R” with “P” or “Q”. In addition, the thickness of the urethane, which is shown in Fig. 17, Fig. 18 and Fig. 19, can likewise correspond to the thickness P of the heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, which is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the guide portion 755 of the inner case 750, a thickness Q of a heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, which is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, or a thickness R of a heat-insulating material 701, such as urethane, between the vacuum heat-insulating th pictures 400 and 731 strengthening element.

 [0239] Furthermore, when the bending modulus of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is set to 20 MPa or more, the wall thickness can be further reduced. In this case, it is advisable to attach the guide element not to the side wall 790, but to the lower wall 780, the separation wall 24 as the lower surface, the upper wall 740 or the separation wall 24 as the upper surface near the side wall 790. It should be noted that when the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 not placed between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 in a position facing the part where the fastening element, such as a screw, is located, it is preferable that the lower wall 780, the separation wall 24 as the lower surface, in The upper wall 740 or the dividing wall 24 as the upper surface on which the fastening element is placed, was placed as a wall or dividing wall, which will not be open to exposure to external air. When the proportion of the part where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not placed is reduced as much as possible on the walls that will be exposed to outside air (such as side wall 790, upper wall 740, rear wall 730 or lower wall 780), there is an advantage in that the loss caused by heat leakage can be reduced. As a result, a highly efficient heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator and a device can be provided. By this, the area of placement of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 in the rear wall 730 or in the side wall 790 can be increased, and therefore, the coating or fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the heat-insulated box body 700 can be increased.

[0240] Thus, the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with embodiment 1 is not based on the technical idea of the prior art, according to which the rigid polyurethane foam in the heat-insulating box case 700 mainly exhibits a heat-insulating function, but on the basis of a new technical idea, according to which vacuum thermal insulation material 400 provides both thermal insulation characteristics and the strength of the box body in the part where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is located. T Thus, in the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with Embodiment 1, the fill factor of the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 relative to the inner spaces 315 of the walls that will be formed between the outer body 710 and the inner body 750 (the proportion of the volume of the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 relative to the total volume of the internal gaps 315 the walls that will be formed between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750) is set to a predetermined value or longer (in particular 40% or more (preferably 45% or more)). It should be noted that the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 includes the fill factor in the door, that is, the proportion of the volume of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the volume in the inner space of the door between the outer door panel and the inner door panel of the outer door shell.

[0241] Up to now, vacuum thermal insulation materials have been positioned such that the area ratio of the vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the surface area of the external housing 710 or the internal housing 750 (coating) is within a predetermined range, and therefore the influence of the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is not taken into account. Thus, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is set greater than the thickness of the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400, so that the strength of the heat-insulating box body is ensured using solid urethane. So far, attempts have been made to increase the coating of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 to increase the thermal insulation characteristics of the box body, but no attempts have been made to increase the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 to increase both the thermal insulation characteristics and the strength of the box body. Thus, the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is low (in particular, the fill factor in prior art refrigerators is about 20%), and the thermal insulation performance is not improved in some cases. In addition, the strength of the box body depends on the rigid polyurethane foam. In this embodiment, the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed based on the fill factor, taking into account the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400. Thus, unlike the prior art, this is not the case when the thermal insulation characteristics are not improved. When the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set to a predetermined value or more (in particular 40% or more), the thermal insulation characteristics can be increased. In addition, the wall thickness can be reduced, while satisfying the strength of the box body and thermal insulation characteristics, and therefore, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased. Through this, the necessary internal volume of the compartment for storing the product can be set equal to a predetermined volume or higher. In other words, the length, width, thickness and placement positions of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be properly set. Thus, the wall thickness can be reduced, and in accordance with this, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased.

[0242] Thus, when the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 with respect to the gaps 315 is set higher than in the prior art, the thermal insulation performance is improved compared with the prior art. Thus, even when the heat-insulating box body 700 is reduced in wall thickness compared with the prior art, heat-insulating characteristics equivalent to or greater than in the prior art can be provided.

[0243] (Other structures of the first component of the air channel)

As described above, in an embodiment of the present invention, the transverse length of the first air channel component 762 as part of the cooling air channel 760, which is illustrated, for example, in FIG. 4, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, or FIG. 8 is set less than the width of the concave portion 440. By this, the first air channel component 762 can be attached or held in the convex portions 450, in the second concave portion 441, or in the protruding portions 910 forming the second concave portion 441 therebetween, for example by means of ntov attachment such as screws, adhesive element or the mounting structure. It should be noted that the transverse length of the first air channel component 762 as part of the cooling air channel 760 can be increased to the inner surfaces of the side walls 790 to cover part of the rear wall 730 or side walls 790. In this state, the first air channel component 762 can be attached to or held onto the inner surfaces of the side walls 790, for example, by means of fastening elements, such as screws, an adhesion structure, or a mounting structure. Of course, the first component of the air channel 762 can be attached or held not only on the inner surfaces of the side walls 790, but, for example, also on the protruding sections 910, the concave section 440 or the convex sections 450, for example, by means of fastening elements structure or mounting structure.

[0244] Furthermore, when the transverse length of the first air channel component 762 as part of the cooling air channel 760 extends to the inner surfaces of the side walls 790 to cover not only the second concave portion 441, but also the concave portion 440 and at least a portion or all convex sections 450, the first component of the air channel 762 can also be used as a structural panel and can cover the back wall of the compartment (such as a storage compartment) or at least part or all of the internal surface side walls. Thus, the first air channel component 762 can be used as a coating element to cover part of the rear surface or side walls. Thus, the supply ports through which cooling air is supplied from the cooling air channel 760 to the compartment are formed through the first component of the air channel 762 with a high degree of freedom of placement. By this means, stored products in the compartment can be effectively chilled. In addition, the first component 762 of the air channel can be formed from an element separate from the inner housing 750, and, therefore, can be easily changed in shape and color. In addition, various types of processing, painting and lettering can be easily performed on it. In this way, functionality is enhanced and design features are improved. When the first component of the air channel is used not only as a structural panel, but also as an element in the form of a coating, it is advisable to give the first component of the air channel a substantially U-shape to cover at least part of the inner surfaces of the rear wall 730 and side walls 790 compartments, or cover all internal surfaces of wall surfaces. In this case, by placing the lighting device 900 (internal lighting device) in the upper wall 740 or in the lower wall 780 of the compartment, when the first component of the air channel 762 as an element in the form of a coating passes to the side walls 790, in contrast to the case when the lighting device 900 placed in each of the inner surfaces of the side walls 790, the first component 762 of the air channel does not have to have cutouts, and the holes do not have to be formed in the part where the lighting device 900 is placed. Thus, the structural panel (first component 762 of the air channel) as an element in the form of a coating can be simplified in shape. As a result, low-cost heat-insulating box housing, a refrigerator and a device can be provided. It should be noted that the structural panel as a coating element can be formed to cover at least a portion of the upper wall 740 and the rear separation wall 730 or the entire inner side of the wall surfaces.

[0245] (Urethane thickness and fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials)

The following is a description of the relationship between the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 and the strength of the box body. Fig is a graph showing the relationship between the density and thermal conductivity of rigid polyurethane foam. Fig. 16 is a graph showing the density and bending modulus of rigid polyurethane foam. 17 is a graph showing the relationship between the thickness of the urethane in the channel at the time when solid urethane is loaded and the thermal conductivity of the urethane. Fig. 18 is a graph showing the relationship between the thickness of the urethane in the channel at the time when solid urethane is loaded and the urethane bending modulus. The test results shown in FIGS. 15-18 were obtained during the formation of the simulated structure by loading solid urethane into a predetermined gap (channel) between two surfaces and foaming there solid urethane. A surface on one side of the channel is formed of sheet steel as a first element (such as a vacuum heat-insulating material or a pre-coated metal to form an outer case 710 as an outer shell of the heat-insulating box body 700 of the refrigerator 1). The surface on the other side of the channel is made of resin as a second element (such as resin, which will be used for inner case 750, in particular acrylonitrile butadiene copolymer synthetic plastic (ABS) or foam (EPS)).

[0246] In FIG. 15, the abscissa axis represents the density of the rigid polyurethane foam (kg / m ³ ), and the ordinate axis represents the thermal conductivity of the rigid polyurethane foam [W / (m · K)]. Further, in FIG. 16, the abscissa axis represents the density of the rigid polyurethane foam (kg / m ³ ), and the ordinate axis represents the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam (MPa). 17, the abscissa axis represents the thickness of the channel to be filled with rigid polyurethane foam (mm), and the ordinate axis represents the thermal conductivity of the rigid polyurethane foam [W / (m · K)]. In Fig. 18, the abscissa axis represents the thickness of the channel to be filled with rigid polyurethane foam (mm), and the ordinate axis represents the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam (MPa). It should be noted that the thickness of the channel to be filled with rigid polyurethane foam corresponds to the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam in the state of loading and foaming in the channel.

[0247] As shown in FIG. 15 and FIG. 16, the thermal conductivity and the bending modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam increase in accordance with the increase in density, and the thermal conductivity and the bending modulus decrease in accordance with the decrease in density. In other words, the density and thermal conductivity, or the density and bending modulus, are substantially proportional.

[0248] As shown in FIG. 17 and FIG. 18, the thermal conductivity and the bending modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam increase in accordance with a decrease in the thickness of the channel to be filled with urethane (or the thickness of the urethane in the state in which the rigid polyurethane foam is loaded and foams in the channel) . Thus, as the thickness of the expandable urethane in the channel increases, the thermal conductivity decreases and the thermal insulation characteristics improve, but the bending modulus decreases and the strength decreases. Thus, when the urethane thickness is reduced to reduce the wall thickness, the bending elasticity modulus increases, and therefore, there are no problems with strength. However, the thermal conductivity is excessively high, and therefore, the thermal insulation characteristics are degraded. As a result, the thickness of the urethane cannot be reduced to be below a certain level (in particular, less than 15 mm).

[0249] Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 17 and FIG. 18, the density is increased in accordance with a decrease in the thickness of the channel to be filled with urethane (or the thickness of the expandable urethane in the channel). In accordance with the increase in density, the thermal conductivity increases, as shown in Fig. 15, and therefore, the thermal insulation characteristics are deteriorated. In addition, as shown in FIG. 17, when the thickness of the channel to be filled with urethane (or the thickness of the expandable urethane in the channel) decreases to a predetermined thickness or less (in particular 11 mm or less), the thermal conductivity increases sharply, and therefore thermal insulation performance is deteriorating. Rigid polyurethane foam foams between the first element and the second element of the urethane channel and cures in the state of connection with the first element and with the second element. In this case, a middle layer and boundary layers, called surface layers, will form in urethane on both sides of the middle layer (from the side of the first element and from the side of the second element).

[0250] Each of FIG. 23A and FIG. 23B is a schematic sectional view illustrating a foamed rigid polyurethane foam. 23A is a schematic sectional view illustrating a case in which rigid polyurethane foam 701A is loaded between a first element (inner case 750) and a second element (outer case 710). 23B is a schematic sectional view illustrating a case in which a third element (vacuum thermal insulation material 400) is inserted between the first element (inner case 750) and the second element (outer case 710), and rigid polyurethane foam 701A is loaded between the first element and the third element.

[0251] On figa on a heat-insulating wall having a urethane, which is loaded and foamed between the first element and the second element, the first element (such as the inner housing 750), the first surface layer 701B, the middle layer 701C, the second surface layer 701D and the second an element (such as an outer case 710) is placed in the order shown. Meanwhile, as shown in FIG. 23B, when the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed as a third element between the first element (inner case 750) and the second element (outer case 710), in the heat-insulating wall, the first element (inner case 750), the first surface layer 701B, the middle layer 701C, the second surface layer 701D and the third element (vacuum thermal insulation material 400), the second adhesive 715 and the second element (outer casing 710) are placed in this order. It should be noted that the first surface layer 701B, the middle layer 701C and the second surface layer 701D correspond to rigid polyurethane foam 701A.

[0252] A surface layer is formed near the first element, near the second element, or near the third element. When the thickness of the urethane channel (urethane thickness) is set equal to in the range of about 20 mm to 30 mm, as in the prior art, the surface layer is substantially thinner than the middle layer, and therefore the effect, for example, on density or thermal conductivity is negligible. However, when the urethane thickness is reduced to a predetermined thickness or less (in particular, to 11 mm or less), the proportion of the thickness of the surface layer relative to the thickness of the middle layer increases. Thus, the effect on the density, thermal conductivity and bending modulus of urethane increases dramatically, and therefore, the density, thermal conductivity and bending modulus increase sharply. As a result, the thermal insulation performance deteriorates sharply. Further, as shown in FIG. 18, the urethane flexural modulus increases sharply in accordance with the increase in urethane density.

[0253] Thus, when the urethane thickness decreases, the flexural modulus increases, and the strength also increases. Meanwhile, the thermal conductivity of urethane increases, and the thermal insulation characteristics deteriorate. For these reasons, until now, the thickness of the urethane cannot be reduced, and urethane is used in the range of about 15 mm to 30 mm. To date, urethane and vacuum heat-insulating materials are placed respectively as the main heat-insulating material and auxiliary heat-insulating material. Based on the idea that the thickness of the urethane is determined within such a range that the urethane-based insulation material does not deteriorate in terms of thermal insulation characteristics. In particular, a range of from about 15 mm to 20 mm is provided even in narrow parts.

[0254] However, in this embodiment, the heat-insulating wall is formed based on the idea of using vacuum heat-insulating materials as the main heat-insulating material and to ensure the strength of the box body using vacuum heat-insulating materials. Thus, in parts where vacuum thermal insulation materials are placed, solid urethane does not have to exhibit thermal insulation characteristics. Thus, there is no problem even when the solid urethane has a predetermined thickness or less (in particular 11 mm or less, preferably 6 mm or less). Since the thickness of the solid urethane is reduced, there is an advantage in that the bending modulus is increased and the strength of the box body is also increased. When the predetermined thickness is reduced to 11 mm or less, the influence of the thickness of the surface layers on the middle layer is increased. As a result, the thermal conductivity is sharply increased, and therefore, the thermal insulation characteristics are sharply degraded. Thus, until now, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam has been difficult to set to 11 mm or less. To date, even when a predetermined thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam can be set to 11 mm or less in a locally small range, the average thickness has been difficult to set to 11 mm or less. In addition, when the predetermined thickness is reduced to 6 mm or less, the influence of the thickness of the surface layers on the middle layer is further increased. As a result, the thermal insulation performance is further deteriorated. Thus, rigid polyurethane foam was difficult to use in the technical field. Meanwhile, in this embodiment, the heat-insulating characteristics of the heat-insulating box body 700 are provided by vacuum heat-insulating materials 400, and therefore, there is no problem even when the urethane to be used is reduced in thickness. Thus, in this embodiment, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is set to 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm) in order to increase the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam and thereby increase the strength (stiffness) of the box body 700. Furthermore, when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is set equal to 6 mm or less, the bending modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be further increased to thereby further increase the strength (stiffness) of the box body 700.

[0255] It should be noted that in parts where the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are not located, the thickness of the urethane can be set more by an amount corresponding to the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials (in particular, from about 15 mm to 30 mm). Thus, a thickness of approximately 20 mm to 40 mm can be provided for urethane, and therefore, urethane need not be used in a range in which the thermal conductivity of the urethane is sharply increased (in particular, the urethane thickness is 11 mm or less). By this, urethane can be used in a range in which the rate of increase (slope) of the thermal conductivity of urethane is low (in particular in a range in which the thickness of the urethane is 15 mm or more). Even when a change in the thickness of the urethane is taken into account, a predetermined value or less of the thermal insulation characteristics of the urethane can be provided. Thus, both the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700 and the heat-insulating characteristics of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be satisfied.

[0256] It should be noted that the first element to be used on one side of the urethane channel is made of resin (such as acrylonitrile butadiene styrene copolymer synthetic plastic (ABS) used for inner case 750, or resin such as EPS foam) ) The surface on the other side of the channel is formed from an aluminum-deposited film as the outer wrapping material of vacuum heat-insulating materials or sheet steel, such as pre-coated metal (PCM), to form the outer case 710.

[0257] The following is a description of the relationship between composite thermal conductivity (thermal conductivity of a heat-insulating wall formed by a combination of vacuum heat-insulating material and urethane) and the ratio (= "urethane thickness / (urethane thickness + thickness of vacuum heat-insulating material)") urethane thickness relative to the thickness of the heat-insulating wall, including foamed urethane and vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (thickness of vacuum thermal insulation material + thickness of urethane) in parts where vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 (such as the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441) are located.

[0258] Fig. 19 is a graph showing the relationship between the composite thermal conductivity and the ratio of the thickness of the urethane to the thickness of the heat-insulating material formed by the combination of the vacuum heat-insulating material and the urethane when the wall thickness (thickness between the inner walls) is uniformly set to 27 mm. 19, the abscissa axis represents the ratio of the thickness of the urethane relative to the thickness of the heat-insulating material formed by a combination of vacuum heat-insulating material and urethanes, that is, the urethane thickness / (urethane thickness + thickness of the vacuum heat-insulating material), and the ordinate axis represents composite thermal conductivity (total thermal conductivity of vacuum thermal insulation material and urethane). In this case, the sum of the thickness of the urethane and the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material, that is, the value expressed as “urethane thickness + the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material”, represents the internal wall thickness.

[0259] As shown in FIG. 19, in accordance with the decrease in urethane thickness relative to the internal wall thickness, the composite thermal conductivity is reduced, and therefore, the thermal insulation characteristics are improved. It should be noted that composite thermal conductivity is the thermal conductivity of a composite element formed by a combination of urethane and vacuum thermal insulation material. In Fig. 19, the slope of the urethane thickness / internal wall thickness ratio changes at a level of 0.3. The slope when the urethane thickness / internal wall thickness ratio is approximately 0.3 or less is more moderate than when the urethane thickness / internal wall thickness ratio is more than 0.3. In other words, the rate of decrease in composite thermal conductivity is low. The results shown in FIG. 19 are obtained through tests in which the internal wall thickness is uniform. Thus, when the ratio “urethane thickness / inner wall thickness” decreases, the urethane thickness decreases, and the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material, on the contrary, increases. Thus, the proportion of the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material relative to the internal wall thickness increases. In other words, when the thickness of the urethane is reduced relative to the internal wall thickness, the proportion of the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material relative to the thickness of the urethane is increased. 19, when the urethane thickness / inner wall thickness ratio is approximately 0.6, the urethane thickness is greater than the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material. Thus, the thermal conductivity of urethane has a great influence on the composite thermal conductivity (the total thermal conductivity of the vacuum thermal insulation material and urethane), and therefore, the composite thermal conductivity is high (thermal insulation characteristics are poor). When the ratio “urethane thickness / inner wall thickness” is set low, the proportion of the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material relative to the thickness of the urethane is increased. Thus, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum thermal insulation material has a greater effect on the composite thermal conductivity than the urethane thermal conductivity. As a result, since the ratio “urethane thickness / (urethane thickness + thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material)” is reduced, the thermal conductivity (composite thermal conductivity) of the composite formed by the combination of the urethane and the vacuum thermal insulation material is reduced. Thus, when the ratio “urethane thickness / (urethane thickness + thickness of vacuum thermal insulation material)” is approximately 0.3 or more, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum thermal insulation material has a greater effect on the composite thermal conductivity than the thermal conductivity of urethane. Thus, the rate of decrease in composite thermal conductivity is high. Thus, since the ratio “urethane thickness / (urethane thickness + thickness of vacuum thermal insulation material)” is reduced, the composite thermal conductivity is reduced, and therefore, the thermal insulation characteristics are significantly improved.

[0260] However, when the ratio of the urethane thickness relative to the internal wall thickness, that is, the urethane thickness / (urethane thickness + vacuum heat insulating material) ratio, is less than about 0.3, the slope of the decrease in composite thermal conductivity changes and becomes more than moderate (the rate of decrease in composite thermal conductivity decreases). The reason is as follows. The ratio of urethane thickness relative to the inner wall thickness, that is, the urethane thickness / inner wall thickness ratio, is reduced, and therefore, the thermal insulation characteristics of the vacuum thermal insulation material prevail over the thermal insulation characteristics of the composite element (an element formed by a combination of urethane and vacuum thermal insulation material) . As a result, the influence of the thermal insulation characteristics of urethane on the thermal insulation characteristics of the composite element is reduced. As a countermeasure, in this embodiment, in a heat-insulating wall formed of a composite element (heat-insulating element formed of urethane and vacuum heat-insulating material adjacent to each other), the urethane thickness is set so that the ratio “urethane thickness / internal wall thickness” is 0.3 or less. Due to this, the rate of deterioration of the thermal insulation characteristics is low, and therefore there is an advantage in that the heterogeneity of the thermal insulation characteristics can be reduced even when the thickness of the urethane or the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material is heterogeneous. On the contrary, the ratio “thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material / internal wall thickness” can be set to 0.7 or more.

[0261] Thus, when the urethane thickness is set such that the urethane thickness / internal wall thickness ratio is approximately 0.3 or less, the composite thermal conductivity can be reduced, and therefore, the thermal insulation characteristics of the composite element are significantly improved. In addition, given the heterogeneity of the thickness of the urethane (or the heterogeneity of the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material), when the ratio “urethane thickness / internal wall thickness” is set to 0.3 or less, the deterioration of the thermal insulation characteristics of the component can be suppressed even when urethane or vacuum thermal insulation material vary in thickness. In addition, heterogeneity in the composite thermal conductivity of the composite element can be suppressed. Thus, a highly efficient heat-insulating wall, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a device, and the like, which are excellent in reliability, can be provided.

[0262] Fig. 20 is a graph showing the relationship between the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials, that is, the ratio of the volumes of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the volumes of the internal wall gaps 315, and the amount of deformation of the heat-insulating box body at a time when a heat-insulating box body 700 is applied load. In Fig. 20, the abscissa axis represents the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials, and the ordinate axis represents the strain value of the heat-insulating box body. It should be noted that the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials represents the ratio (proportion) of the volumes of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the volumes of the internal spaces 315 of the walls. The amount of deformation of the heat-insulating box body represents the results of calculating the amount of deformation in the right and left (lateral direction) positions of the upper end of the side wall 790 of the box body 700 at a time when a predetermined load is applied in a substantially horizontal direction (in the side direction, i.e., in the direction to the right and left in the front view of the front portion of the hole) at a height position of approximately 1/4 of the apex of the side wall of the box body, such as thermal insulation nny box body, e.g., a refrigerator 1 in a state in which the door is mounted. The amount of deformation at a time when the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set to 20% is defined as “1”. The results shown in FIG. 20 are obtained when the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials changes to change the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials, while, for example, the coating of vacuum thermal insulation materials (for example, 65%), the density of the urethane (for example, 60 kg / ^m3), flexural modulus urethane (for example, 9 MPa), flexural modulus of vacuum insulation materials (e.g., 15 MPa), the thickness of the composite member (for example, 28 mm) and the total wall thickness, including the tol Inu outer housing and the inner housing (e.g., 30 mm) are set homogeneous.

[0263] As shown in FIG. 20, in accordance with an increase in the fill factor of the vacuum heat-insulating materials, the deformation value of the box body is reduced. The reason for this is as follows. The bending modulus of vacuum thermal insulation materials is greater than the urethane bending modulus. Thus, in accordance with the increase in the ratio of the volumes of vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the volume of urethane in the heat-insulating box body, the influence of the bending modulus of vacuum thermal insulation materials increases. As a result, the stiffness of the box body 700 is increased. When the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is increased to 40% or more, the rate of decrease in the deformation value of the box body is significantly reduced, and the deformation value of the box body hardly varies even with an additional increase in the fill factor of the vacuum heat-insulating materials. This may be because the degree of influence of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 on the strength of the box body (deformation of the box body) has essentially reached the limit.

[0264] The bending modulus of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is greater than that of rigid polyurethane foam. Thus, when the ratio (proportion) of the volumes of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the volumes of the gaps 315 is increased (the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials is increased), the strain value of the thermal insulation box body 700 can be reduced. Thus, the heat-insulating box body 700 can be improved in terms of heat-insulating characteristics, and the heat-insulating box body 700, the refrigerator 1 or the device can be improved in strength of the box-shaped body. Moreover, when the fill factor is increased by increasing the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400, there is an advantage in that not only the strength, but also the thermal insulation characteristics of the box body can be improved. It should be noted that the fill factor of vacuum heat-insulating materials can be increased by increasing the thickness of vacuum heat-insulating materials, or the fill factor of vacuum heat-insulating materials can be increased by increasing the proportion of surface areas of vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 relative to the surface area of box-shaped housing 700 (coating of vacuum heat-insulating materials). Also in this case, the strength of the box body can be increased, and in addition, the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials can be increased by increasing the coating of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400. In addition, when the coating of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is increased, the range of placement (part of the placement) of vacuum thermal insulation materials increased. By this, the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be reduced. Thus, by reducing the wall thickness, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased.

[0265] In this embodiment, for example, a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is disposed at least in a portion of the spaces 315 between the outer case 710 forming the outer shell of the heat-insulating box body and the inner case 750 forming parts of the inner walls of the storage compartment of the heat-insulating box body. The fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the gaps 315 is set to 40% or more. The area ratio (coating) of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the surface area of the outer case 710 is set to 60% or more. By this, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a device and the like can be provided, which are excellent in heat-insulating characteristics, box body strength and reliability. It should be noted that in the configuration of this embodiment, the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400, the bending elastic modulus of which is greater than that of the rigid polyurethane foam used in the heat-insulating box bodies of the prior art, are used to provide the wall surface strength of the heat-insulating box body 700. Thereby, the box strength enclosures, and thermal insulation characteristics can be satisfied. In addition, the wall thickness can be reduced, and therefore, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased.

[0266] In the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment, the fill factor of the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400, the flexural strength of which is greater than that of the solid urethane, is set to a predetermined value or greater (or within a predetermined range), or each indicator from the fill factor and the coating of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set to a predetermined value or greater (or within a predetermined range). By this, both the thermal insulation characteristics and the strength of the box body can be satisfied, and the wall thickness of the heat-insulated box body 700 can be reduced. Thus, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased without changing the external dimensions of the heat-insulating box-shaped case 700 and the refrigerator 1, and therefore the number of elements that will be placed, or the elements that will be stored in the heat-insulating box-body 700, the refrigerator 1 or the device may be increased. It should be noted that when the wall strength is reduced, the heat-insulating box body 700 is distorted, which can cause such troubles that the shelves 80 installed in the inner part come loose from the guide sections and fall, or that the sliding of the sliding storage compartment (or the sliding door or drawer, or opening and closing door). In this embodiment, the fill factor and / or coating of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are set to a predetermined value or greater (within a predetermined range). Thus, the heat-insulating box body 700 can be reduced in wall thickness and increased in strength of the box body and heat-insulating characteristics. As a result, a deterioration in reliability can be prevented, which is caused by the risk that the shelves 80 become detached from the guide sections and fall, or that the sliding of the storage compartment (or the sliding door or drawer, opening and closing door) worsens.

[0267] Furthermore, in the heat-insulating box body 700 according to Embodiment 1, the fill factor of the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 relative to the gaps 315 is set to 90% or less. Based on the technical idea described above in this embodiment, it is ideal for the gaps 315 to be completely filled with vacuum thermal insulation materials 400. However, as described above with reference to, for example, in FIG. 11, convex portions 450 or protruding portions 910 are formed on the back the wall 730, and the guide sections 755 are placed in the inner housing 750 with protrusions in the gaps 315. In addition, when the heat-insulating box body 700 is used, for example, in the refrigerator 1, a pipe 720 for accommodating belts which linking conductors for connecting the compressor 12 mounted in the machine chamber 1A in the heat insulation box body 700, the controller 30 (for controlling, for example, a compressor rotational speed) disposed in the chamber 31, control panel, etc. with each other are also placed in the inner spaces 315 of the wall. Thus, the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is difficult to set to more than 90%. In addition, when the heat-insulating box body 700 is applied, for example, to the refrigerator 1, a refrigerant pipe 725 and the like. also located at spaces 315. Thus, when vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed to occupy more than 90% of spaces 315, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 must be formed in accordance with shapes, for example, conductors 720, refrigerant pipe 725 or guide sections 755. Thus thus, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are complex in shape, and therefore, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are difficult to form (or form). For these reasons, the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set to 90% or less.

[0268] Furthermore, in order to suppress distortion due to a decrease in the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700, the outer case 710, the inner case 750, and the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 must be connected to each other so that adhesion is ensured between them. In many cases, guide sections 755 are mounted in the inner case 750 to support the shelves 80 mounted in the storage compartment (such as the refrigerator compartment 2) or other components (such as the lighting device 900, the fog generating device 200, or the partition walls 24), and therefore, the inner case 750 has a complex shape. Thus, even when the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are easily connected to the side of the outer casing 710 using a second adhesive, such as hot-melt adhesive or double-sided tape, the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are difficult to connect to the side of the inner casing 750, complex in shape to ensure adhesion .

[0269] However, when rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive between the inner body 750 and vacuum thermal insulation materials 400, the rigid polyurethane foam can be loaded and foamed in spaces 315 when it flows in a two-phase state. Thus, even when the convex portions 450, the protruding portions 910, the guide portions 755, and other components are placed in the spaces 315, the inner case 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be connected to each other without problems using urethane. Of course, rigid polyurethane foam can be loaded as an adhesive between the outer casing 710 and vacuum thermal insulation materials 400, or between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750. In this case, when blank areas (in other words, voids) are formed into which the rigid polyurethane foam is not loaded into the heat-insulating box body 700, the heat-insulating characteristics of the heat-insulating box body 700 are degraded. As a countermeasure, in the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment, predetermined gaps, each of which has a certain size (in particular about 1 mm or more, preferably about 3 mm or more), must be provided so that it is rigid polyurethane foam could be loaded. Thus, the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 with respect to the spaces 315 is preferably 90% or less, more preferably 80% or less.

[0270] In this regard, when the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the gaps 315 is increased, the fill factor of the rigid polyurethane foam relative to the gaps 315 is reduced. Thus, it seems that the strength of the box-shaped body of the heat-insulating box-shaped body 700 can be reduced by reducing the thickness of the urethane between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750. However, the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 used in the heat-insulating box-shaped body 700 in accordance with this embodiment, superior to urethane both in thermal insulation characteristics and in bending stiffness. Thus, a reduction in the strength of the box body can be prevented. In addition, this embodiment is based on a technical idea to provide a heat-insulating function and strength mainly using vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 having low thermal conductivity. Thus, even when the amount of solid urethane loaded is reduced by setting the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials to 40% or more, as shown in FIG. 20, the strength of the box body 700 can be increased. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 19, when the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is increased (in other words, when the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials is increased), the composite thermal conductivity of the composite thermal insulation material formed by the combination of the vacuum thermal insulation material and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced. As a result, the thermal insulation characteristics of the box body 700 can be improved.

[0271] It should be noted that when the bending modulus (bending stiffness) of a rigid polyurethane foam is increased by increasing its density, the thermal insulation characteristics of the rigid polyurethane foam are deteriorated. However, each indicator of the coating and fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set equal to a predetermined value or more so that the effect of the deterioration in the thermal insulation characteristics of the urethane is insignificant so as not to cause a problem. In the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, when the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is set higher than in the prior art, for example 60 kg / m ³ or more, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be installed higher than the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam, which was used in the prior art heat-insulating box bodies (for example, from about 6 MPa to 10 MPa). In particular, the bending modulus can be set to 15 MPa or more. Thus, the strength of the box housing can also be increased in parts where vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are not located. Thus, in the heat-insulating box body 700, the refrigerator 1 and the device, such as a display case and a hot water supply device, in accordance with this embodiment, when the fill factor of the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 is set to 40% or more, and when the coating of the vacuum heat-insulating materials is relatively side and rear surfaces set to 70% or more, the reduction in strength that will be caused by a decrease in the fill factor of rigid polyurethane foam may yt prevented. In addition, deformation of the heat-insulating box body 700, which is caused by distortion due to overload of the placed elements, can be prevented. In other words, when the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is increased, the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be increased. In addition, excellent thermal insulation performance can be obtained. Thus, a heat-insulating box body can be provided including a vacuum heat-insulating material, a refrigerator including a vacuum heat-insulating material, a display case including a vacuum heat-insulating material, a hot water supply device including a vacuum heat-insulating material, a device including a vacuum thermal insulation material, and the like, which are excellent in reliability and energy efficiency.

[0272] It should be noted that the density of the rigid polyurethane foam can be adjusted as high or low, for example, by loading a large amount of liquid raw materials of rigid polyurethane foam, which will be introduced at intervals 315 than in the prior art (by extending the injection time or increasing the injection pressure ) In addition, as shown in FIG. 16, the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam increases substantially in proportion to the density, and therefore can be increased by increasing the density. When the bending modulus is high, there is an advantage in that the stiffness of the box body is increased. However, the urethane bending modulus is preferably 150 MPa or less. When the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam is greater than 150 MPa, the density of rigid polyurethane foam is excessively high. As a result, rigid polyurethane foam cures without foaming into a sponge, and the thermal insulation performance deteriorates sharply. Therefore, when the bending modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is set to 150 MPa or less, there is an advantage that deterioration of the thermal insulation performance can be prevented. By this, a highly efficient heat-insulating box body can be provided.

[0273] In this embodiment, the heat-insulating box body 700 is applied to refrigerators having the following specifications.

 (1) The use of a heat-insulating box-shaped case such that the total thickness of the plate of the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 is set to about 2 mm or less, and the average wall thickness of the heat-insulating box-shaped body 700, including the thickness of the plate of the outer case 710 and the plate thickness of the inner case 750, set to approximately 20 mm or more and approximately 40 mm or less (it should be noted that, the average distance (internal wall thickness) in the direction of the wall thickness of the gap 315, claim yuchaya plate thickness of the outer housing 710 and inner housing 750, is set to be from approximately 18 mm to approximately 38 mm).

 (2) Establishing the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 approximately equal to from 10 mm to 30 mm, and setting the average channel width in the direction of the wall thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam in the inner wall spaces 315 (urethane thickness in the channel) in the parts where the vacuum thermal insulation materials are placed (such as a concave portion 440 or a second concave portion 441) of 1 mm or more (preferably 3 mm or more) and 11 mm or less (preferably 6 mm or less).

(3) Establishment of the thermal conductivity of rigid polyurethane foam equal to 0.018 W / (m⋅K) to 0.026 W / (m⋅K).

(4) Setting the thermal conductivity of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 equal to from 0.0019 W / (m⋅K) to 0.0025 W / (m⋅K).

(5) The presence of an internal volume of 200 l to 600 l and the presence of power consumption of approximately 60 W or less under given conditions.

[0274] For the thermal insulation characteristics of such a refrigerator 1, each indicator of the fill factor and coating of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set within a predetermined range, and then the size and thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are selected. As a result, the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 prevail in the thermal insulation characteristics and box strength cases of heat-insulating box case. Thus, when the thermal conductivity of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is low, there is an advantage that the composite thermal conductivity of the heat-insulating box body can be reduced. The thermal conductivity is preferably set to 0.0030 W / (m⋅K) or less. When the thermal conductivity of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 exceeds 0.0030 W / mK, the effect on the thermal insulation characteristics due to the reduction in wall thickness is increased. As a result, the thermal insulation characteristics are deteriorated, and the power consumption is increased. As a countermeasure, in this embodiment, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set to 0.0030 W / (m⋅K) or less in order to suppress the effect of deterioration in thermal insulation due to a reduction in wall thickness. In addition, although a lower thermal conductivity of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is preferable, significantly higher costs are required to reduce the thermal conductivity to 0.001 W / (m )K). Thus, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 to be used is set to 0.0012 W / (m⋅K) or more. When the thermal conductivity of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is 0.0019 W / (m⋅K) or more and 0.0025 W / (m⋅K) or less, the thermal conductivity is about ten times lower than the thermal conductivity of rigid polyurethane foam. Thus, the heat-insulating characteristics of the heat-insulating box body 700 are significantly improved compared with the prior art, and therefore, the technical characteristics of the product can be satisfied. For these reasons, it is advisable to use vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 having a thermal conductivity of approximately 0.0012 W / (m⋅K) or more and 0.0030 W / (m⋅K) or less (preferably approximately 0.0019 W / (m⋅K ) or more and 0.0025 W / (m⋅K) or less).

[0275] As an example of a heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the relationship between wall thickness, fill factor of vacuum heat-insulating materials 400, flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam and the strain value of the box body of heat-insulating box body 700 are shown in Table 1. Results, shown in element 1 in table 1, obtained under the technical requirements of the prior art, in which the wall thickness was it is 40 mm, the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is 20%, and the urethane bending modulus, which will be loaded between the inner case 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400, is 9 MPa. In this case, the bending modulus of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 to be used is set to 20 MPa. As shown in element 1 and element 2 in table 1, when the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set to 20%, and the urethane bending modulus is set to 9 MPa, provided that the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box body 700 is reduced from 40 mm to 30 mm, the strength of the box body is reduced. Thus, as shown in element 3, when the wall thickness is reduced to 30 mm, provided that the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is increased to 40% or more, the deformation value of the box body is reduced and is slightly larger, but is equivalent to element 1 (previous prior art).

[0276] As shown in element 4 in table 1, even when the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box body 700 is reduced from 40 mm in the prior art (element 1 in table 1) to 30 mm, provided that the fill factor of the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 is 40% or more, and the urethane bending modulus is set to 15 MPa or more (element 4 in table 1), the deformation value of the box-shaped body can be reduced in comparison with the prior art (element 1). Thus, the strength of the box-shaped body of the heat-insulating box-shaped body 700 can be increased and equal to or greater than that of the prior art product (element 1). In other words, even when the wall thickness is reduced (for example, from 40 mm to 30 mm), provided that each indicator of the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 and the urethane bending modulus is set to a predetermined value or more, the thermal insulation characteristics can be improved without reducing the strength of the box body. Thus, in this embodiment, the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 to be used have a bending modulus of 20 MPa or more, the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set to 40% or more, and the bending modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is set to 15 MPa or more . By this, even when the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box body is reduced (for example, from 40 mm to 30 mm), the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be increased in comparison with the prior art.

[0277]

Table 1 Element Wall thickness mm Download speed% Urethane flexural modulus, MPa Box deformation value one 40 twenty 9 one 2 thirty twenty 9 1,53 3 thirty 40 9 1,08 four thirty 40 fifteen 0.93

[0278] In addition, as the outer wrapping material (outer film) for forming the outer shell of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, it is preferable to use an aluminum deposited film than an aluminum foil film. In order to suppress heat leakage through the mediation of the outer wrapping material of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 (what is called a thermal bridge, through which high temperature is transferred and passed from the front surface to the rear surface of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 through the outer wrapping material of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400), as an external wrapping material material (outer film) of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, it is preferable to use deposited aluminum a film that is less likely to cause a thermal bridge than an aluminum foil film.

[0279] It should be noted that the bending modulus, thermal conductivity and density of the rigid polyurethane foam according to Embodiment 1 can be measured, for example, by cutting out a rigid polyurethane foam of a given size (for example, 100 × 100 × 5 mm or more). In the parts where the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed, it is advisable to cut out the many parts where the vacuum thermal insulation materials are placed, respectively, from five surfaces from the right and left side surfaces, the rear surface, the upper surface and the lower surface, and calculate the average value between them (when only a single part can be cut out, a measurement can be performed in a variety of positions in a single part). When vacuum thermal insulation materials are also placed in the doors, density, bending modulus and thermal conductivity of the urethane in the doors can also be measured. In addition, also in parts where vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are not located, it is advisable to cut out a plurality of parts from five surfaces, respectively, from the right and left side surfaces, the rear surface, the upper surface and the lower surface, and calculate the average value between them. In this embodiment, in any of the cases, the measurement is performed on parts cut from positions where the density or flexural modulus is assumed to be high. It should be noted that when rigid polyurethane foam cannot be cut with a given size, as in the case where refrigerant pipe 725 or a component of pipe 720, such as conductive conductors, are placed, the rigid polyurethane foam can be cut at a position near the central position so that the rigid polyurethane foam of the set size.

[0280] In this embodiment, on each of the six surfaces from the right side surface, the left side surface, the back surface, the upper surface, the lower surface and the door, the urethane bending density or modulus is measured in the part where the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed, and in the part where the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are not placed, and the density or bending modulus of the urethane is set to a predetermined value or more. By adjusting, for example, the density of free urethane foam, the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials and wall thicknesses, the density or flexural modulus of the urethane, which will be inserted between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer case 710, or between the outer the housing 710 and the inner housing 750 may be set to a predetermined value or more.

[0281] It should be noted that in this embodiment, on each of the six surfaces from the right and left side surfaces, the rear surface, the upper surface, the lower surface and the door, the urethane bending density or modulus is set to a predetermined value or greater than at least parts where the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is placed. In addition, on each surface, the urethane bending density or elastic modulus can be set to a predetermined value or more at least in part, de vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not housed. It should be noted that when, on each of the six surfaces from the right and left side surfaces, the rear surface, the upper surface, the lower surface and the door, the urethane bending density or elastic modulus is set to a predetermined value or more, the strength of the part where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 not posted, also enlarged. In addition, the strength of each of the surfaces can be obtained independently, and therefore, high strength can only be set in parts where high strength is required. By means of this, a good heat-insulating box-shaped case, a refrigerator and a device can be provided, which are inexpensive and excellent in reliability. In addition, when the average value of the density or bending elastic modulus on six surfaces of the right and left side surfaces, the rear surface, the upper surface, the lower surface and the door is set to a predetermined value or more (density 60 kg / m ³ or more, or the elastic modulus bending of 15 MPa or more), the strength of the entire box body can be ensured. By this, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator and a device that are excellent in heat-insulating characteristics and reliability can be provided.

[0282] In addition, also for the coating or fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400, when the coating or fill factor with respect to each of the six surfaces from the right and left side surfaces, the rear surface, the upper surface, the lower surface and the door or in the overall coating or the fillings with respect to the plurality of surfaces are set to a predetermined value or more, the strength and thermal insulation characteristics of each of the surfaces can be obtained independently and therefore, high strength can only be installed in parts where high strength is required. By this, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator and a device can be provided that are inexpensive and excellent in heat-insulating characteristics and reliability. In addition, when all six surfaces of the right and left side surfaces, the rear surface, the upper surface, the lower surface and the door are set to a predetermined value or more, the strength and thermal insulation characteristics of the entire box body can be provided and improved. By this, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator and a device that are excellent in heat-insulating characteristics and reliability can be provided.

[0283] As described above, in the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment, the coating of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set to more than a predetermined value (60%) (the coating of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the side and rear surfaces is set to 70% or more). In addition, the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is also set to a predetermined value (40%) or more, so that the amount of loaded rigid polyurethane foam is reduced. By this, while providing thermal insulation characteristics and strength of the heat-insulating box body, the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be reduced in comparison with the prior art. Thus, thermal insulation performance can be improved, and therefore, energy efficiency can be increased. In addition, the wall thickness can be reduced, and therefore, in accordance with this, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased compared with the prior art. As a result, a heat-insulating box body 700, a refrigerator 1 showcase and a device that are excellent in internal volume efficiency can be provided. In other words, according to an embodiment of the present invention, without changing the external dimensions of the heat-insulating box body 700, the refrigerator 1 or the device, such as a display case, the internal volumes (such as the internal volumes of the storage compartments 2-6) can be increased compared to the previous level technicians. Thus, a larger number of elements to be placed can be stored in the heat-insulating box body 700 or the refrigerator 1 than in the prior art. By this, a heat-insulating box body 700, a refrigerator 1, and a device such as a display case that are user friendly and energy-saving can be provided. Meanwhile, when the internal volumes (such as the internal volumes of the storage compartments 2-6) are set equivalent to the prior art, the external dimensions can be reduced. By this, a heat-insulating box body 700, a refrigerator 1, and devices such as a display case and a hot water dispenser that are energy-saving and compact can be provided.

[0284] It should be noted that the configuration and shape of the heat-insulating box body 700 and the refrigerator 1 described in this embodiment are just an example. In particular, the space for storing the stored products of the heat-insulating box body 700 may be divided by three side separation plates into four spaces for placement (storage compartments) in the vertical direction. Alternatively, for example, the space for storing the stored products of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be divided not only by three side separation plates, but also by a vertical separation plate into five storage spaces (storage compartments). With an increase in the number of dividing plates 24, the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be further increased. In other words, when the number of dividing plates 24 is increased to increase the number of compartments for placement or compartments for storage, the effect of increasing the strength of the box body by dividing plates is obtained. Thus, even when the average thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced (for example, to 11 mm or less, preferably less than 10 mm, more preferably 6 mm or less) in parts coated with vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 (gaps 315 between the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 and the inner case 750), the strength of the box body can be sufficiently ensured. Thus, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be further increased without changing the external dimensions of the heat-insulating box-shaped case 700, and therefore, the number of elements that will be placed and stored in the heat-insulating box-shaped case 700 can be further increased.

[0285] Furthermore, in this embodiment, the separation plate 24 may have the same internal structure as the structure of the heat-insulating box body 700. In particular, the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is located in the interior of the separation plate 24, and rigid polyurethane foam is loaded therein. Rigid polyurethane foam should only be used as an adhesive, and therefore can be reduced in thickness, for example, to about 11 mm or less, preferably less than 10 mm, more preferably about 6 mm or less. It should be noted that in contrast to the heat-insulating box body 700, the pipeline 725, conductors 720, etc. not housed in dividing plate 24 in many cases. In such cases, the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 relative to the partition plate 24 can be set equivalent to the heat-insulating box body 700. In particular, the fill factor can be set to 40% or more and 90% or less. For the dividing wall 24, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be placed substantially throughout the size of the dividing plate 24 (in space in the dividing plate 24), and therefore, the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be increased to approximately 40% or more and 95 % or less. In addition, it is advisable to set the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam to 15 MPa or more, and its density is more than 60 kg / m3. Thus, when the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is also placed in the separation plate 24, and its fill factor is set within a predetermined range, the thermal insulation characteristics of the thermal insulation box body 700 can be further improved.

[0286] In this embodiment, as regards the heat-insulating box body or heat-insulating wall including the vacuum heat-insulating materials, in view of the assembly efficiency, the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 are attached directly to the outer body 710 using a second adhesive other than a foamed urethane, such like hot-melt adhesive or double-sided, and rigid polyurethane foam loaded as an adhesive, designed primarily to make the connection between heat insulating materials 400 and the inner case 750. Alternatively, spacers made of resin, such as EPS, can be placed in the spaces 315 formed between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 so that the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are floating between inner case 750 and outer case 710. In this state, rigid polyurethane foam can be loaded between vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 and the outer case 710, and between vacuum thermal insulation ionic materials 400 and inner casing 750. As another alternative, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be attached directly to the inner casing 750 using a second adhesive, such as hot-melt adhesive or double-sided tape, and polyurethane foam can be loaded between the vacuum thermal insulating materials 400 and outer casing 710.

[0287] It should be noted that when the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed floating way with dividers, etc. between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750, it is advisable to place the dividers on the side of the inner surface of the outer casing 710 (in the space between the outer casing 710 and the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400), and place the refrigerant pipe 725 (such as a condensation pipe) in the space formed by the dividers. The refrigerant pipe 725 is also used as a condensation pipe through which the high temperature and high pressure refrigerant flows from the compressor 12 located in the engine chamber 1A. In particular, the refrigerant flowing through conduit 725 is compressed by cooling air around conduit 725, in particular through heat transfer through the walls of refrigerant conduit 725 and the outer casing 710, thereby using conduit 725 as a condensing conduit. In addition, the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment can be easily produced by placing on the inner wall of the outer case 710 in a position that does not overlap (in a position not facing) the refrigerant pipe 725, a resin separator having a thickness equal to or greater than the diameter of the refrigerant pipe 725, and attaching the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 to the separator, thereby allowing the separator to which the vacuum thermal insulation materials are attached ialy 400 be connected directly to outer housing 710 via double sided tape, etc. by coating the refrigerant pipe 725 in a state in which the refrigerant pipe 725 is directed along the outer case 710. In the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment, the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 are placed at a predetermined interval from the inner case 750, and the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 are placed with at a predetermined interval from the outer casing 710. Thus, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are embedded in rigid polyurethane foam. Through this structure, thermal insulation performance is improved.

[0288] As described above, in this embodiment, in the gap 315 between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 of the heat-insulating box body 700, the rigid polyurethane foam can be loaded and foamed so that the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are embedded in the rigid polyurethane foam. In many cases, a condensation conduit 725 is placed between the outer casing 710 and the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400. Thus, a predetermined distance is provided between the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 and the outer casing 710 by means of a spacer made of resin, such as EPS, vacuum heat-insulating materials could be placed 400.

[0289] In addition, there is an increased risk that the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 absorb the surrounding gas in accordance with an increase in temperature, and therefore the degree of vacuum in them is reduced. As a result, thermal conductivity may be degraded. When the outside air temperature is high, as in the summer season, the ambient temperature of the outer case 710 (ambient temperature) is increased. Accordingly, the temperature of the outer casing 710 can be increased. In addition, the temperature of the conduit 725 for use as a condensing conduit also increases. Thus, in view of ensuring the reliability of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400, it is desirable that the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are spaced apart from the outer casing 710 or the refrigerant pipe 725 (condensation pipe). When the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are spaced from the outer casing 710 or the refrigerant pipe 725 (condensing pipe), deterioration of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 due to the temperature increase can be prevented. Thus, when the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are spaced from the wall surface of the outer casing 710 or the refrigerant pipe 725 in a floating manner using a separator or the like, deterioration of the thermal insulation performance can be suppressed. By this, a heat-insulating box body 700 and a refrigerator 1 can be provided, which are excellent in durability.

[0290] In addition, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can absorb ambient gas (such as air) and cause a decrease in the degree of vacuum and deterioration of thermal conductivity. When vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are embedded in rigid polyurethane foam, for example by attaching a space made of resin, such as EPS, to the outer casing 710, the amount of ambient gas (such as air) that is present around the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be reduced. Thus, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be protected from the absorption of ambient gas (such as air), and therefore, vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be protected from deterioration due to a decrease in the degree of vacuum. By this, a heat-insulating box body 700, a refrigerator 1, a device and the like can be provided, which are capable of supporting heat-insulating characteristics over time and are excellent in reliability.

[0291] In particular, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam used in the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment is higher than the density of the rigid polyurethane foam used in the heat-insulating box bodies of the prior art (set to above 60 kg / m ³ ). According to the increase in density, the number of bubbles in rigid polyurethane foam is reduced, and therefore, the amount of gas (amount of air) in the bubbles can be reduced. Thus, when rigid polyurethane foam is loaded or placed by embedding or coating the periphery of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400, the amount of ambient gas (such as air) that is present around the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be reduced. By this, a decrease in the degree of vacuum in the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be prevented (since the density of the urethane is increased, the number of voids in the urethane is reduced, and therefore, the amount of air in the urethane is also reduced). In particular, when the urethane is thin (for example, 11 mm or less), a gas such as air, for example, from the urethane periphery tends to enter vacuum thermal insulation materials 400. Thus, when the density of the urethane is increased to reduce the amount of ambient gas of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400, a large effect of preventing deterioration of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be obtained. Thus, the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be further protected from deterioration, and, therefore, the investigator o, may be provided with a heat insulation box body 700, the refrigerator 1 and a device which are excellent in durability.

[0292] It should be noted that in the heat-insulating box body 700 described in the example of this embodiment, the refrigerant pipe 725 is located in the gap 315. Also in the heat-insulating box body 700 in which the refrigerant pipe 725 is not located in the gap 315, of course, vacuum heat-insulating 400 materials can be embedded in rigid polyurethane foam. The amount of ambient gas that is present around the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be reduced, and therefore, the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be protected from deteriorated. By this, a heat-insulating box body 700 that is excellent in durability can be provided.

[0293] It should be noted that the heat-insulating box body 700 or the refrigerator 1, in which the guiding sections 755 (such as the sliding rails or the concave portion in the sliding storage compartment) are not formed in the inner case 750 when the inner case 750 is given a shape in which vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are directly and easily connected by means of an adhesive, double-sided tape, etc., all or part of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be placed on the side of the inner rpusa 750.

[0294] Furthermore, in the heat-insulating box body 700 of this embodiment, when the vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 are attached directly to the side of the inner body 750 by hot-melt adhesive or double-sided tape, a heat-insulating box body 700 and a refrigerator 1 can be provided, in which reduced amount of vacuum thermal insulation material 400, improved in energy efficiency and improved in efficiency of the internal volume of storage compartments Compared to the prior art. In particular, when the heat-insulating box body 700 has a substantially rectangular parallelepipedal or cylindrical shape, the surface area of the outer case 710 is larger than the surface area of the inner case 750. Thus, when the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is attached, the area of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 that will be stretched over the surface of the inner case 750, less than the area of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, which will be stretched over the surface of the outer case 710. By this means may be provided insulating box body, a refrigerator, a showcase, hot-water supply device and apparatus that are inexpensive and excellent in insulation characteristics. Furthermore, for example, when vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 having the same size are attached in a corner portion of the heat-insulating box body 700 having a rectangular parallelepiped shape (for example, an angle portion as a joint portion between a rear surface and a side surface, an angular portion between the upper surface and a lateral surface or an angular portion between the upper surface and the rear surface of the heat-insulating box body 700), a gap in the angular portion between the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 in the surfaces of walls adjacent to each other (for example, the gap or distance between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 in the upper surface and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 in the adjacent side surface), more in the case in which the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed on the side the outer case 710 than in the case when the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed on the side of the inner case 750. In other words, when the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are placed on the inner case 750, the gaps that will be formed between adjacent vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be narrowed compared to when the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 having the same size are placed on the outer case 710. By an amount corresponding to the narrowed gaps, heat loss that will be caused by heat leakage can be reduced. By this, a heat-insulating box body 700, a refrigerator 1, a hot water supply device, a display case and a device that are excellent in heat-insulating efficiency can be provided.

[0295] In addition, the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment includes hinged or retractable type opening and closing doors for opening or closing the opening portions of the plurality of storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 formed therein. being separated, for example, by dividing walls 24. Each of these doors includes an outer shell element (outer plate) made, for example, of metal, and an inner element (inner plate) made, for example From resin. Then, rigid polyurethane foam and vacuum heat-insulating material 400 are placed (loaded) in the inner space of the door formed between the outer shell element and the inner element. The fill factor of the vacuum heat-insulating material relative to the heat-insulating box body described in this embodiment is also set in the doors within the specified range, and doors are formed based on a technical idea to provide most of the thermal insulation functions using a vacuum thermal insulation materials 400. Thus, the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the inner spaces of the door is set to be from 40% to 90%, and their coating is set to 70% or more.

[0296] During the production of such an opening and closing door, the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 are connected and pre-attached to the outer shell element, for example, by means of a second adhesive, and the liquid raw material of the rigid polyurethane foam is introduced into the space between the vacuum thermal insulation materials and the internal element and the space between external element and internal element, and foams, so that the element of the outer shell, vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 and the inner element are sf framed as one with each other. Thus, rigid polyurethane foam as heat-insulating foams can be loaded into the interior of the door. Also in this case, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam must be set so that only the strength of the adhesive can be ensured, and therefore can be set to 1 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or more and 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm, more preferably 6 mm or less).

[0297] It should be noted that in the opening and closing door frames to support the housing for placement (drawer 520 for placement), door pockets, shelves 80, etc. can be mounted to compartments 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 for storage. In this case, mounting screws for the frames, fasteners for door pockets, mounting elements for shelves 80, etc., may need to be fastened or held on the inside of the opening and closing doors (on the inside of the compartment) using fasteners or retaining elements such as screws. In this case, the fastening elements may protrude into the interior of the door and damage the outer wrapping material of the vacuum insulation material in contact with the vacuum insulation material 400. Thus, it is preferable that the polyurethane foam that will be placed or loaded into the opening and closing door has such a thickness, so as not to damage the vacuum insulation material 400. It should be noted that when it is not particularly necessary to mount the mounting components on the inside of storage compartments (on the inner side of the plate) of an opening and closing door (such as fasteners), vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 may be attached to the inner plate. It should be noted that when vacuum thermal insulation materials are placed so as not to overlap mounting components, vacuum thermal insulation materials can be attached to the inner plate.

[0298] In addition, when the outer shell element (outer plate) and the inner element (inner plate) are placed, a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is placed in the inner space of the door formed between the outer shell element and the inner element, and rigid polyurethane foam as heat-insulating foam is loaded between an outer shell element or an inner element and a vacuum thermal insulation material 400, provided that the density of the thermal insulation foam is set to more than 60 kg / m ³ , The retention strength or fastening strength of screws, etc., is increased. as fasteners for fixing the frames to support the frame for placement (box 520 for placement). By this, even when heavy elements are housed in the drawer 520, the door is less prone to deformation, and therefore, the drawer 520 can be stably retracted and extended. As a result, a refrigerator and apparatus that are excellent in reliability can be provided. In addition, the holding strength or the fastening strength of screws and the like is increased. as fasteners for attaching a single element, such as a handle. Thus, when an element to be mounted on a door, such as a handle, which is a separate element, is mounted on the door, the mounting strength of the element that is mounted on the door is increased. Through this, the door is less prone to deformation, and therefore, the door can stably open and close. As a result, a refrigerator and apparatus that are excellent in reliability can be provided. In addition, when rigid polyurethane foam as a heat-insulating foam between the outer shell element or the inner element and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is set to more than 60 kg / m ³ , the bending modulus of the heat-insulating foam increases and the door strength also increases.

[0299] It should be noted that the vacuum insulation material 400 can be placed in all opening and closing doors or can be placed in some opening and closing doors. In particular, when the temperature difference between the external air and the inner part of the heat-insulating box-shaped case 700 (in particular, in the storage compartment) is relatively small (for example, in storage compartments in the cooling temperature range including the refrigeration compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5) , even though the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed in the opening and closing doors, the effect of improving the thermal insulation characteristics is negligible. In this case, even when the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not placed in the opening and closing doors, sufficient thermal insulation characteristics can be provided. When the temperature difference between the external air and the inner part of the heat-insulating box-shaped case 700 (in particular in the storage compartment) is relatively large (for example, in storage compartments in the freezing temperature range, including an ice making compartment 3, a universal compartment 4 or a freezer compartment 6), the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 has a significant effect of improving the thermal insulation characteristics, provided that the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is open ayuscheysya and closes the door. Thus, with regard to storage compartments in the freezing temperature range, that is, in the case where the temperature difference between the external air and the inside of the heat-insulating box body 700 (in particular in the storage compartment) is relatively large when the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is placed in opening and closing doors, sufficient thermal insulation characteristics can be provided.

[0300] As described above, in the heat-insulating box body 700, the refrigerator 1, or the device according to this embodiment, the volumetric ratio of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400, that is, the fill factor of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 are within a predetermined range (for example, from 40% or more to 80% or less) relative to the amount of space corresponding to the sum of the gap 315 formed between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750, and the inner space of the door, cat Roe is the internal space in the opening and closing doors. Thus, the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box body 700 (such as the distance between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750, and the thickness of the opening and closing doors) can be reduced in comparison with the prior art. As a result, a heat-insulating box body 700, a refrigerator 1, and a device that are excellent in energy efficiency and internal volume of storage compartments can be provided. Thus, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be set larger than in the prior art without changing the external dimensions of the heat-insulating box body 700 or the refrigerator 1, and therefore, the number of elements that will be placed in the heat-insulating box case 700 can be set more than in the prior art. Thus, a heat-insulating box body 700, a refrigerator 1, a hot water supply device, a showcase and a device that have a larger number of products in terms of energy efficiency and thermal insulation characteristics than in the prior art can be provided.

[0301] It should be noted that when the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the gaps 315 is increased, the fill factor of the rigid polyurethane foam relative to the gaps 315 is reduced. In the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is set higher than in the prior art (in particular, more than 60 kg / m ³ ). The bending modulus of rigid polyurethane foam is set higher than the bending modulus of rigid polyurethane foam used in the prior art heat-insulating box housing (from about 6 MPa to 10 MPa). In particular, the flexural modulus is set to 15.0 MPa or more. By this, the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment is also capable of suppressing a decrease in strength due to a reduction in the fill factor of rigid polyurethane foam. Thus, there are no problems, such as the deformation of the heat-insulating box body 700, which is caused by distortion due to overloading of the placed elements in the space for storing the stored products or in the storage compartment or the weight of the opening and closing doors. As a result, a heat-insulating box body 700, a refrigerator 1, and a device that are excellent in reliability can be provided.

[0302] Thus, in the refrigerator 1 or the device including the heat insulating box body 700 having the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in accordance with this embodiment, a problem can be prevented in which the heat insulating box body 700 is distorted and causes the opening and closing to open. the door tilts or prevents the smooth opening and closing of the opening and closing doors, can be suppressed. Further, deterioration in external appearance due to deformation may be. In addition, the formation of a gap due to the displacement of the gasket to seal portions of the opening of the opening and closing door and the heat-insulating box body from the contact surface (insulating surface) relative to the gasket can be prevented, thereby preventing air leakage in the storage compartment (cooling air in the case of a refrigerator) beyond the insulating box body. Thus, even when a large amount of vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is used, the heat-insulating box body 700 can be protected from deterioration in performance or reliability, and therefore, high heat-insulating characteristics can be obtained. As a result, a refrigerator, a heat insulating box body having a vacuum heat insulating material, a device including a vacuum heat insulating material, or a device including a heat insulating box body that are excellent in energy efficiency and reliability can be provided.

[0303] It should be noted that when used in a refrigerator, when the heat-insulating box body 700 has an elongated rectangular parallelepiped in which the vertical height is greater than the length in the transverse direction, the side walls 790 and the rear wall 730, which are arranged essentially perpendicular to relative to each other, are more elongated than the lower surface portion 780, the upper portion 740 and the separation walls 24 between the storage compartments, which are arranged essentially horizontally. Thus, the side walls 790 and the rear wall 730 have poor rigidity and, therefore, are easily deformed. As a countermeasure, when each indicator of the fill factor and coating of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set within a predetermined range, as in this embodiment, the strength (stiffness) of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be increased. In addition, the strength of the box body can also be increased by forming convex sections 450 or protruding sections 910. In addition, one end of each of the convex sections 450 is placed so as to overlap a given the length X to the portion of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 corresponding to the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441, and the other end thereof is connected to the side surface portion 790. By this, the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be integrally formed with the convex portions 450 via rigid polyurethane foam, and vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be formed as a unit with the side walls 790 through the mediation of rigid polyurethane foam. Thus, the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be increased.

[0304] Fig.21 is a graph showing the relationship between the ratio of the areas of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the surface areas of the sections of the side surface 790 and the portion of the rear surface of the heat-insulating box body 700 (coating relative to the side and rear surfaces) and the deformation value of the box body, that is, shows the results of their calculation. Each of the side walls 790 and the rear wall 730 is given an elongated rectangular shape, and therefore they have less rigidity than the upper wall 740, lower wall 780, dividing walls 24 and the like, each of which is given a substantially square shape. Thus, when the coating of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 with respect to the side and rear surfaces is set to a predetermined value or more, the strength of the heat-insulating box body can be increased. A description will now be made of the relationship between the area ratio of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the surface areas of the side walls 790 and the rear wall 730 (coating relative to the side and rear surfaces) and the strength of the box body.

[0305] In Fig.21, the abscissa axis represents the ratio of the areas of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the surface areas of the side walls 790 and the rear wall 730 of the heat-insulating box body 700 (coating relative to the side and rear surfaces), and the ordinate axis represents the deformation value of the box body. It should be noted that the deformation value of the box-shaped case at a time when the urethane density is set equal to 60 kg / m ³ , the fill factor of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set to 40%, and the ratio of the area relative to the side and rear surfaces (coating relative to the side and rear surfaces) set to 50%, defined as "1". Based on the measurement results of the bending modulus of the vacuum thermal insulation materials to be actually used, the bending modulus of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 used in the calculation is 20 MPa, which is higher than the bending modulus of rigid prior art polyurethane foam (from about 6 MPa to 10 MPa). It should be noted that when the ratio of the area (coating relative to the side and rear surfaces) changes, in accordance with the increase in the ratio of the areas of vacuum thermal insulation materials (coating relative to the side and rear surfaces), the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials decreases, since the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials is set uniformly equal to 40 %

[0306] It should be noted that although the refrigerator 1 used in the calculation is an example, it is assumed that the refrigerator has four or more doors (such as a four-door, five-door or six-door structure), an internal volume of 500 liters and a power consumption of approximately 40 W or less. The distance between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750, including the plate thickness (wall thickness), was set to 30 mm on average, and the gap thickness 315 (inner wall thickness) was set to 28 mm under the assumption that the plate thickness of the outer casing 710 and inner casing 750 were each set equal to 1 mm. The density of the rigid polyurethane foam was set to 60 kg / m ³ , the thermal conductivity of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 was set to 0.0021 (W / mK), and the thermal conductivity of the rigid polyurethane foam was set to 0.019 (W / mK). The thermal insulation performance of 400 vacuum thermal insulation materials is about ten times better than that of rigid polyurethane foam.

[0307] In the Fig. 21, the abscissa axis represents the ratio of the areas of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the total surface area of the side walls and the rear wall (coating the vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the side and rear surfaces), and the ordinate axis represents the amount of deformation of the box body (the amount of tilt of the box body) at a time a load is applied to the heat-insulating box body 700 having an opening and closing door. In particular, the strain value of the box-shaped case is, for example, the amount of deformation in the right and left directions at the upper end of the side wall of the heat-insulating box-shaped body at a time when a predetermined load is applied in a substantially horizontal direction (in the lateral direction, that is, in the right and to the left in the front view of the front portion of the hole) at a height position of approximately 1/4 of the top of the side wall on one side of the heat-insulating box body.

[0308] As shown in FIG. 21, when the area ratio of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 increases, the strain amount of the box body decreases. When the ratio of the area relative to the side and rear surfaces (coating of vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the side and rear surfaces) is increased to 70% or more, the rate of change of the deformation value of the box body decreases. In other words, when the area ratio with respect to the lateral and rear surfaces is less than about 70%, the deformation value of the box body sharply decreases when the area ratio increases. However, when the area ratio with respect to the lateral and rear surfaces is increased to 70% or more, the deformation value of the box body hardly varies even with an increase in the area ratio. Thus, when the ratio of the area relative to the side and rear surfaces (coating of vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the side and rear surfaces) is increased to 70% or more, the rate of decrease in the deformation value of the box-shaped body is significantly reduced, and the amount of deformation of the box-shaped body hardly varies even with an additional increase in the ratio areas of vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the side and rear surfaces. This may be because the degree of influence of the ratio of the areas of vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the side and rear surfaces on the strength of the box-shaped body has essentially reached the limit.

[0309] It should be noted that the calculation is performed in a state in which the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials is maintained at 40%. Thus, when the areas of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 increase, the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 decreases. When the area ratio of vacuum thermal insulation materials is increased to less than about 70% of the side and rear surfaces, the amount by which the deformation of the box body decreases due to an increase in the strength of the box body in accordance with an increase in the area of the vacuum heat-insulating materials is larger than the size by which the deformation of the box body increases due to a decrease in the thickness of vacuum thermal insulation materials. Thus, the box-shaped body is increased in stiffness and reduced in magnitude of deformation. However, when the area ratio of vacuum thermal insulation materials exceeds approximately 70% of the side and rear surfaces, the amount by which the deformation of the box body increases due to a decrease in the strength of the box body in accordance with a decrease in the thickness of the vacuum insulation materials and the amount by which the deformation of the box body decreases due to an increase the strength of the box-shaped case in accordance with the increase in the area of placement of vacuum thermal insulation materials, equivalent to each other. Thus, the rate of decrease in the amount of deformation of the box body is reduced.

[0310] In addition, when the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials is reduced by increasing the ratio of the areas of placement (coating) of the vacuum thermal insulation materials, the thickness of the polyurethane foam is increased. When the ratio of the placement area is less than about 70%, the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials is equal to or greater than the predetermined thickness. Thus, the strength of the heat-insulating box body is more significantly influenced by the magnitude of the increase in the area ratio than the amount of reduction in the thickness of the vacuum heat-insulating materials, and thereby the amount of deformation of the box-body is reduced. However, when the ratio of the area of the vacuum thermal insulation materials increases further, the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials decreases, and the thickness of the urethane increases. By this, the strength of the heat-insulating box body is equivalently affected by the magnitude of the increase in urethane thickness and the magnitude of the increase in the ratio of the areas of the placement of vacuum heat-insulating materials. Thus, the rate of decrease in the amount of deformation of the box body is reduced.

[0311] Thus, when the area ratio of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the side and rear surfaces (coating relative to the side and rear surfaces) is set to a predetermined value (70%) or more, the strength of the box body can be ensured. As a result, a box body having excellent reliability can be provided. In addition, when the ratio of the areas of vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the side and rear surfaces is set to a predetermined value (70%) or more, the deformation value of the box-shaped body hardly varies in this area. Thus, even when the areas of the vacuum thermal insulation materials are heterogeneous, the magnitude of the deformation of the box body barely varies. As a result, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a showcase and a device that are excellent in strength, structural properties and reliability can be provided. When the coating of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set to a predetermined value or more (60% or more), and when the ratio of the areas of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the side and rear surfaces is set to a second predetermined value (70%) or more, the thermal insulation characteristics can be improved. and the deformation value of the box body can be reduced. Thus, a refrigerator, a showcase and a device that are excellent in heat insulation characteristics, reliability and energy efficiency can be provided.

[0312] It should be noted that when the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation materials is uniform, and when the areas of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 increase, both the coating and the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials can be increased. However, high costs are required to increase the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400. Thus, to reduce costs, it is preferable that the coating be increased without changing the fill factor to increase the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700. In addition, the area of the vacuum thermal insulation materials may be increased, and therefore, thermal insulation efficiency can be improved. Thus, when the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 is set equal to 40% or more, and when the ratio of the area relative to the side and rear surfaces (coating the vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the side and rear surfaces) is set to 70% or more, the strength of the heat-insulating box body can be provided at low cost and with high efficiency. Thus, when the ratio of the areas of vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the side and rear surfaces (coating of vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the side and rear surfaces) is set equal to or greater than the second predetermined value (for example, approximately 70%, which corresponds to the ratio of the area above which the speed decreases reduce the deformation of the heat-insulating box body), the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be reduced (thickness urethane can be reduced). As a result, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased. When the area of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the side walls 790 and the rear wall 730 (coating of vacuum thermal insulation materials relative to the side and rear surfaces) increases, the strain value of the heat-insulating box body 700 decreases. Thus, the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be increased. As a result, a heat-insulating box body 700, a refrigerator 1, and a device including a heat-insulating box body, which are excellent in strength and heat-insulating characteristics, can be provided.

[0313] (Physical property of urethane)

The following is a description of the physical properties and characteristics of the rigid polyurethane foam, which is loaded into the heat-insulating box body 700. When the density of the free rigid polyurethane foam is set high, the strength after foaming can be stabilized. By this, a heat-insulating box body 700 having high quality in terms of appearance can be provided.

[0314] It should be noted that the density of free foam refers to the density of rigid polyurethane foam at a time when the urethane foams not in an isolated space, such as a box-like case, but in an open state, in particular in the inside of an open container. However, in fact, the urethane foams and expands within a narrow insulated space in the heat-insulating box body 700. Thus, the density of the urethane that foams and expands within a narrow insulated space, such as the heat-insulating box body 700, is higher than the density of the free urethane foam that foams and expands when open.

[0315] As described with respect to FIG. 16, when the density of the foamed rigid polyurethane foam is increased, the flexural modulus can be increased. However, when liquid urethane feed is directly introduced and loaded into the heat-insulating box body 700 to increase density, the urethane used in the prior art, which has a low expansion coefficient, has a free foam density as low as 26-28 kg / m ³ . Thus, when the parts through which the urethane is forced to flow are irregular in the thickness of the channel, the urethane cannot be uniformly foamed. Thus, the density of urethane is subject to unevenness near the loading ports 703 and 704 and in the terminal areas (parts away from the loading ports). Therefore, it is difficult to provide stable strength.

[0316] The density of the free foam of rigid polyurethane foam used in this embodiment (in particular, the density of free foam is approximately 30-45 kg / m ³ ) is set higher than in the prior art (in particular, approximately 25-28 kg / m ³ ). By this, even when the parts through which the urethane is forced to flow are somewhat irregular in the thickness of the channel, the expansion coefficient is increased, and therefore, the urethane can be stably foamed. Thus, the density heterogeneity after foaming can be reduced. Thus, the density of the urethane after foaming is easy to evenly distribute to a large extent.

[0317] When the density of the body of the foam, such as rigid polyurethane foam containing bubbles, decreases, the number of bubbles increases, and therefore, the thermal insulation effect increases. Thus, in the prior art, rigid polyurethane foam having a density after foaming of approximately 25-28 kg / m ³ is used in the heat-insulating box body 700. When the bending modulus of this prior art polyurethane foam is set to 15 MPa or more, and this polyurethane foam is used to ensure the strength of the heat-insulating box body 700 having, for example, an internal wall thickness of 28 mm and a urethane thickness of 8 mm, excluding the thickness of the vacuum of the insulating material, urethane must be introduced and loaded in an amount greater than the exact amount of urethane packaging (the amount of urethane at which rigid polyurethane foam is loaded with the exact amount without applying an excessive load to the inside of the target box body, and in which the density after foaming is likely will be evenly distributed). Thus, the density is subject to unevenness.

[0318] In addition, when the urethane must be introduced and loaded in an amount greater than the exact amount of the package, the urethane must be pressurized during injection, or the load time must be prolonged, which may cause the urethane to leak at intervals, for example, when attached to areas in the heat-insulating box body 700 or to the outer shell of the opening and closing doors (for example, the connection sections between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750). As a result, urethane cannot be introduced (may not be loaded) in the required predetermined amount. Thus, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam loaded in the box-shaped case is difficult to reliably set above a predetermined value (for example, 60 kg / mm ³ ). In addition, when urethane seeps from the outer shell of the box body, it is necessary to perform an operation to remove leaked urethane. Thus, the working time or assembly time should be extended, which causes an increase in costs and deterioration of structural properties. Therefore, to date, the density of the urethane loaded into the heat-insulating box body has been set to less than 60 kg / m ³ , in particular in the range of 25-30 kg / m ³ , or at most about 55 kg / m ³ or less.

[0319] It should be noted that in this embodiment, the possibilities of increasing the density of free foam by reducing the amount, for example, of the foam contained in the liquid urethane feed, were investigated. For example, in a heat-insulating box case 700, in which the urethane thickness is set to 8 mm (the thickness of the urethane channel, with the exception of the thickness of the vacuum heat-insulating material, is set to approximately 8 mm), when the density of the free foam is set to a predetermined value (30 kg / m ³ or more, preferably 35 kg / m ³ or more), the density with the exact amount of packaging (the density of the urethane loaded in the box body, without applying excessive load) can be set to more than 60 kg / m ³ . Thus, the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam can be set to 15 MPa or more. By means of this problem of the heat-insulating box body, such as uneven density of urethane and leakage of urethane, can be solved. Thus, a heat-insulating box body 700, a refrigerator 1, a display case and a device including a heat-insulating box body that are excellent in reliability and strength can be provided.

[0320] In this case, the thermal insulation characteristics may be influenced by the increase in urethane density after foaming by setting the density of the free foam of solid urethane to more than a predetermined value. However, as described with respect to FIGS. 17-21, for example, when the urethane thickness in the parts where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed is set to a predetermined value or less (11 mm or less or 6 mm or less), the ratio urethane thickness / “internal wall thickness” is set equal to a predetermined value (0.3) or less, or when the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is set within a predetermined range (from 40% or more to 90% or less), the effect on the thermal insulation characteristics of the thermal insulation Nogo box body (the influence by the heat-insulating box body 700 or the opening and closing of the door on the thermal insulation characteristics of the insulating box body) can be reduced. It should be noted that when the urethane thickness is set to 11 mm or less, provided that the free foam density is set to a predetermined value (for example, 35 kg / m ³ ) or more, the exact amount of packaging can be set so that there is no leakage urethane (the exact amount of packaging can be adjusted).

[0321] In the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment, the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be set less than in the prior art. Furthermore, even when a predetermined strength is ensured, the urethane is less likely to leak out of the outer shell during loading of the urethane, and therefore, the desired product quality can be satisfied. By this, a heat-insulating box body 700 can be provided, which is excellent in energy efficiency and internal volume efficiency. In particular, without changing the external size of the heat-insulating box body 700, the refrigerator 1 or a device including the heat-insulating box body, the volume for accommodating the heat-insulating box body for elements to be stored (for example, the internal volume of the compartment or the capacity of the storage compartment in the case of a refrigerator ), can be increased compared with the prior art. Thus, a larger number of elements to be placed can be stored in the heat-insulating box body 700 than in the prior art. By this means, a heat-insulating box body 700, a refrigerator 1, or a device including a heat-insulating box body that are user friendly and excellent not only in heat insulating performance but also in strength and reliability can be provided. In addition, when the volume for placement in the compartment (in the storage compartment) is set equivalent to the prior art, the external dimensions can be reduced by an amount corresponding to the reduced wall thickness.

[0322] In this regard, the refrigerator 1 includes a cooling device for cooling air (cooling air), which will be supplied to many storage compartments, such as a refrigerator compartment 2, a freezer compartment 6 or a vegetable compartment 5. This cooling device includes a compressor 12, a refrigerant pipe (such as a condensing pipe 725), a decompression device (such as an expansion valve or capillary pipe) and a cooler 13 to form a refrigeration cycle. Of the components of the refrigeration cycle, the compressor 12 and the decompression device are housed in a machine chamber 1A formed on the lower rear side (maybe on the upper rear side) of the heat-insulating box body 700 of the refrigerator 1. The condensation pipe 725 is placed, for example, through the side walls 790, the rear wall 730 or the upper wall 740 of the heat-insulating box body 700. On the back of the storage compartment, on the side of the storage compartment of the rear wall 730, a back cover such as a fan grill for forming a space for the stored elements to be stored is arranged as an element separate from the inner case 750, and a cooler 13 is placed in the formed cooler chamber 131, for example, between the inner case 750 and the rear element in the form of a coating, such as a fan grill. In addition, the cooling air circulation fan 14 for guiding the air (cooling air) generated by cooling around the cooler 13 to each of the storage compartments, such as the refrigerator compartment 2, the freezer compartment 6 or the vegetable compartment 5, is also located in the cooler chamber 131. . In addition, the control panel chamber 31 is located in an upper portion of the upper wall 740 or the rear wall 730 of the heat-insulating box body 700 (or at a position at a substantial center of the height of the rear wall 730), and the controller 30 is located in the control panel chamber 31. The controller 30 controls, for example, operating conditions, such as the rotational speeds of the compressor 12 and the cooling air circulation fan 14, or internal temperatures.

[0323] In the refrigerator 1 structured as described above, gaseous high temperature and high pressure refrigerant discharged from the compressor 12 housed in the engine chamber 1A is compressed into the low temperature and high pressure liquid refrigerant through a refrigerant pipe 725 (such as a condensing pipe ), and the liquid coolant of high temperature and high pressure is decompressed into a two-phase gas-liquid refrigerant of low temperature and low pressure by means of a decompression device. When the cooler 13 is reached, the temperature of the two-phase gaseous-liquid refrigerant of low temperature and low pressure decreases, for example, to -20 degrees Celsius or less. A two-phase gaseous-liquid refrigerant of low temperature and low pressure cools the air in the cooler chamber 131, and the cooled air is supplied by the cooling air circulation fan 14 to storage compartments, such as a refrigerator compartment 2, a freezer compartment 6 or a vegetable compartment 5, thereby cooling the compartments for storage, such as a refrigerator compartment 2, a freezer compartment 6 or a vegetable compartment 5 (or placed items in these storage compartments). Meanwhile, after cooling the air in the cooler chamber 131, the two-phase gaseous-liquid refrigerant of low temperature and low pressure is heated and evaporated by air in the chiller chamber 131 into gaseous low-pressure refrigerant, and the gaseous low-pressure refrigerant is again sucked into the compressor 12 and compressed therein.

[0324] As described above, in the refrigerator 1 according to this embodiment, the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation material, that is, the proportion of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 relative to the total internal volume of the gaps 315 formed between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750, and the inner volume the internal space of the opening and closing door is set equal to the set value (for example, from 40% to 80%). Thus, even when the inner wall thickness of the heat-insulating box body 700 (for example, the distance (thickness) between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750, or the thickness of the opening and closing doors) is set less than in the prior art, thermal insulation characteristics can be provided. Thereby, in the refrigerator 1 in accordance with this embodiment, the heat-insulating characteristics of the heat-insulating box body 700 are increased, and therefore, the cooling air or the disposed elements in the plurality of storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are difficult to heat. Thus, the operating time of the compressor 12 for cooling can be reduced, or the air flow rate of the fan can be reduced. By this means, the flow rate of air (cooling air) necessary for cooling the interiors of the storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 can be reduced, the rotation speed of the compressor 12 can be reduced, or the shutdown operation time can be extended. As a result, energy-saving operations can be performed. Thus, the energy efficiency of the refrigerator 1 in accordance with this embodiment is increased compared with the prior art. In addition, without changing the external size of the refrigerator 1, the storage compartment capacity (internal compartment volume) can be increased in comparison with the prior art. Thus, a greater number of elements to be placed can be stored in storage compartments than in the prior art. By this, a user-friendly refrigerator and apparatus can be provided.

[0325] Furthermore, when the freezing compartment 6 having the largest temperature difference with respect to the external air is arranged substantially in a central position in the vertical direction, heat input from the external air into the freezing compartment 6 through the upper surface and the lower surface can be suppressed. Thus, heat entry surfaces through which heat from outside air enters the freezer compartment 6 can be limited to four surfaces (four surfaces from a front opening and closing door, a right side surface, a left side surface and a rear surface). By this, an energy-saving refrigerator 1 can be provided.

[0326] In addition, in accordance with this embodiment, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam, which will be loaded into the spaces 315 and the interior of the door, is set to 15.0 MPa or more. By this, the strength of the box-shaped body of the heat-insulating box-shaped body 700 can satisfy a predetermined strength, and therefore, the deformation of the heat-insulating box-shaped body 700, which is caused by distortion due to overloading of the placed elements, can be prevented. Thus, the heat-insulating box body 700 can be protected from distortion and tilting of the front opening and closing doors, and thereby prevent deterioration of the appearance. In addition, the sealed elements for isolating the area between the opening and closing door and the front opening portion of the heat-insulating box body can be protected from displacement relative to each other and the formation of a gap. Thus, the air (cooling air) in the refrigerator compartment 2, the freezer compartment 6, the vegetable compartment 5, the ice compartment 3 or the universal compartment 4 can be protected against leakage outside the heat-insulated box body 700 or the refrigerator 1. By this, they can be provided a refrigerator and a device that have increased energy efficiency.

[0327] It should be noted that for the distribution of the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 relative to the spaces 315 or the interior of the door in accordance with the temperature difference between the external air and each of the storage compartments, the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be changed at predetermined positions in the gaps 315 or interior door spaces.

[0328] For example, in the freezer compartment 6 (or the ice making compartment 3 or the universal compartment 4), which is the low temperature compartment, the temperature difference between the temperature in the storage compartment and the temperature of the outside air is the largest. Thus, among the elements facing the freezing compartment 6, the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 relative to the right side surface, left side surface, rear surface and front surface (opening and closing door) of the heat-insulating box body 700 can be set higher (e.g., 60 % or more) than wall surfaces (such as the right side surface, the left side surface, the back surface and the front surface (opening and closing the door)) among the items facing other storage compartments (such as the refrigerator compartment 2 and the vegetable compartment 5, which are high temperature compartments). By this, heat can be prevented from entering the freezing compartment 6, which is the lowest temperature compartment, and therefore a refrigerator 1 and a device can be provided that have increased energy efficiency.

[0329] Furthermore, when the temperature of the outside air is, for example, 30 degrees Celsius, the temperature in the engine chamber 1A reaches 40 degrees Celsius or more, and the temperature in the chamber 31 of the control panel is also increased, for example, to 40 degrees Celsius or more. In other words, on the wall surfaces and partition walls 24 between the machine chamber 1A or the control panel chamber 31 and the storage compartments in a position facing these chambers, the temperature difference relative to the inside of the storage compartments is greater than on other wall surfaces and partition walls 24. Thus, high temperature can flow into storage compartments located near machine chamber 1A or chamber 31 of the control panel. As a countermeasure on the surface of the walls and the separation walls 24, located between the machine chamber 1A or the camera 31 of the control panel and the storage compartments, the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be set higher than on other surfaces of the walls and the separation walls 24, so that increase thermal insulation characteristics. In particular, on the surfaces of the walls and the separation walls 24 located between the machine chamber 1A or the camera 31 of the control panel and the storage compartments, the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be set to 60% or more (coating the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 relative to the side and rear surfaces can be set equal to 70% or more), and the fill factor of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 relative to other surfaces of the walls or dividing walls 24 can be set to 40% or more (90% or less). Through this configuration, heat from the engine chamber 1A and the control panel chamber having a high temperature can be prevented from entering storage compartments near the machine chamber 1A and the control panel chamber. As a result, the refrigerator 1 can be further improved in energy efficiency.

[0330] The heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment is also applicable, for example, to a heating device for heating water and a hot water storage device including a body for storing water heated by a heating device. When the housing is housed in a heat-insulating box housing 700, the housing can be insulated with a heat-insulating box housing 700, which is smaller in external dimensions than in the prior art. As a result, free space may be left for the hot water storage device. In addition, this embodiment is applicable to any device having heat-insulating walls including vacuum heat-insulating materials (such as a refrigerator, a display case, an ice cream maker, a hot water supply device, a hot water distribution device, and an air conditioner).

[0331] In an embodiment of the present invention, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 does not need to have concave portions, convex portions, and the like. In addition, the filler to be insulated in the outer wrapping material need not be formed in accordance with the concave-convex shape of the outer wrapping material, and therefore, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 to be used can be formed in the form of a plate of a flat shape . Thus, fluidity microparticle material need not be used as a filler, and fibrous fillers such as inorganic fiber including glass fiber and organic fiber can be used. In addition, complex processing, for example, the formation of concave-convex sections on the outer wrapping material, does not have to be performed. By this, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator and a device can be provided, which are inexpensive and excellent in processing properties and heat-insulating characteristics.

It should be noted that in this embodiment, the third intermediate element may coincide with the first intermediate element, and the second intermediate element may also coincide with the first intermediate element.

[0332] (Advantages of an Embodiment)

As described above, in the heat-insulating box body 700 in accordance with this embodiment, which is formed from the outer case 710 and the inner case 750, has at least side walls 790 and a rear wall 730, and also has an opening portion on the front side, convex sections 450 are formed in the corner portions between the rear wall 730 and the side walls 790 by protrusion on the front side of the hole portion relative to the rear wall 730, and the concave portion 440 (may be the second concave portion 441) is formed n in the portion of the inner case 750 corresponding to the rear wall 730, by recessing to the rear side of the relatively convex portions 450 when viewed from the front side. Vacuum thermal insulation material 400 in the form of a flat plate is placed at least between the outer casing 710 and the part of the inner casing 750 corresponding to the rear wall 730, in particular, is placed between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 in the position in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is in the form the flat plate faces the concave portion 440, and have a width that is at least greater than the width of the concave portion 440 (represented as the range W of the concave portion 440 in FIG. 8) in the width direction (or in the longitudinal direction). Each of the convex sections 450 is formed superimposed on the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 to a predetermined length X. The adhesive is loaded as an intermediate element between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the part of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the concave section 440, and between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the parts of the inner cases 750 corresponding to the convex sections 450. By this, even when the thickness of the adhesive is reduced between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and inner housing 750, the thickness of the adhesive (such as heat-insulating foam, in particular rigid polyurethane foam) is increased by an amount corresponding to the overlap lengths X with which the convex sections 450 and the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 are superimposed. Thus, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be firmly connected to the part of the inner case 750 (or the outer case 710) corresponding to the concave portion 440, through the adhesive in the convex portions 450. In addition, the portion of the inner case 750 corresponding to the concave portion 440, and portions of the inner case 750 corresponding to the side walls 790 can also be firmly bonded through the convex portions 450. By this, even when the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat with the insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 reduced in the part corresponding to the concave portion 440, the concave portion 440, the vacuum insulation material 400 and the side walls 790 are formed integrally with each other through the mediation of the convex portions 450, in which the thickness of the adhesive is large. Thus, the wall thickness of the concave portion 440 corresponding to the part where the vacuum heat-insulating material is placed is reduced, and the strength of the box body or walls can be increased.

[0333] It should be noted that a self-adhesive thermal insulation foam, which is a rigid polyurethane foam, is used as an adhesive, which is an intermediate element. By this, even when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 is set as small as a predetermined value of 11 mm or less, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 can be increased by a value corresponding to the overlay lengths X, with which the convex sections 450 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 overlap each other. Thus, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be firmly connected to the inner case 750 (or the external case 710) through a rigid polyurethane foam in the convex sections 450. In addition, even when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 at a position where the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is facing the concave portion 440, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is formed as a unit with the side walls 790 through mediation polyurethane foam in the convex sections 450 in the position where the vacuum insulation material 400 is facing the concave section 440. By this, even when the wall thickness is reduced in the part corresponding to the concave section 440, the strength of the box body or walls can be increased.

[0334] Furthermore, in the heat-insulating box body 700, which is formed of the outer case 710 and the inner case 750, has at least one peripheral wall (such as a side wall 790, an upper wall 740, a lower wall 780, and a partition wall 24) around the rear wall 730, and also has a hole portion on the front side, the rear wall 730 includes convex portions 450 that are formed in the corner portion between the rear wall 730 and the peripheral walls, and a concave portion 440 (or a second concave portion 441) which lublyu the rear side with respect to the convex portions 450 when viewed from the front side. A flat plate-shaped vacuum insulation material 400 is placed between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710 at a position in which the flat-plate vacuum insulation material 400 faces the concave portion 440 (or the second concave portion 441) and has a width of at least greater than the width P of the concave portion (range W of the concave portion) in the width direction or in the longitudinal direction. Each of the convex sections 450 is formed in such a way that is superimposed on the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 for a given length X.

Adhesive is loaded as an intermediate element between the inner casing 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 at a position in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 faces the concave portion 440, and between the inner casing 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 at the positions in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 facing convex sections 450. By this, even when the thickness of the adhesive is reduced between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750, the thickness and an adhesive (such as an insulating foam, in particular rigid polyurethane foam) is increased by an amount corresponding lengths overlay X, on which the convex portions 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 overlap each other. Thus, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be firmly connected to the part of the inner case 750 (or the outer case 710) corresponding to the concave portion 440, through the adhesive in the convex portions 450. In addition, the portion of the inner case 750 corresponding to the concave portion 440, and at least one peripheral wall (such as a side wall 790, an upper wall 740, a lower wall 780, and a partition wall 24) can also be firmly connected through the convex portions 450. By this even when the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 is reduced in a part corresponding to the concave portion 440, the concave portion 440, the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and at least one peripheral wall (such as side wall 790, upper wall 740 , the bottom wall 780 and the separation wall 24) are formed as a whole with each other through the mediation of convex sections in which the thickness of the intermediate element (thickness of the adhesive) is large. Thus, the wall thickness of the concave portion 440 corresponding to the part where the vacuum heat-insulating material is placed is reduced, and the strength of the box body or walls can be increased.

[0335] Furthermore, the peripheral wall is any of a side wall 790, an upper wall 740, a lower wall 780, and a partition wall 24, each of which is connected to a rear wall 730 to form a compartment (such as a storage compartment). By this, even when the thickness of the adhesive as an intermediate member is reduced between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 in a part corresponding to the concave portion 440, the part corresponding to the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 in the concave portion 440 is integrally formed with at least one a peripheral wall (such as a side wall 790, an upper wall 740, a lower wall 780, and a separation wall 24) through an intermediate element (adhesive) in convex sections. Thus, even when the wall thickness of the part corresponding to the concave portion is reduced, the strength of the box body or walls can be increased. In addition, when rigid polyurethane foam is used as an intermediate element (adhesive), predetermined thermal insulation characteristics can also be obtained.

[0336] In addition, a self-adhesive thermal insulation foam, which is in a liquid state with a fluidity or a two-phase state before loading and foams after loading to function as an adhesive, is used as an intermediate element (adhesive). By this, even when the gap between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 is narrowed in the concave portion 440, the intermediate element (adhesive) can be forced to flow into the narrow gap in a liquid state or in a two-phase state, and therefore it can be uniformly loaded . Thus, adhesion strength or fastening strength can be provided. Thus, even when the wall thickness is reduced, the strength of the box body can be ensured. In addition, the intermediate element (adhesive) also functions as a heat-insulating material, and therefore, the heat-insulating characteristics can be improved.

[0337] Furthermore, when rigid polyurethane foam, which is a heat-insulating foam, is used as an adhesive, which is an intermediate element, the effect of the heat-insulating material is reduced in parts where the urethane thickness is small (for example, a wall in which the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is placed, such as a concave portion 440). In this embodiment, it is advisable to use rigid polyurethane foam, which is an intermediate element, as an adhesive. Meanwhile, in parts where a large urethane thickness can be provided (for example, a wall in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is not placed), the effect of the thermal insulation material can be obtained, and therefore, rigid polyurethane foam can be used as the thermal insulation material. In this way, both the strength of the box body and the thermal insulation characteristics can be ensured. By this, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a device, and the like, which are excellent in operation and in reliability, can be provided. In addition, rigid polyurethane foam has an excellent self-adhesive property in contrast to other types of thermal insulation materials. Thus, even without the use of other types of adhesives, when the rigid polyurethane foam is foamed directly on the target surface (inner case 750, vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and outer case 710), a firmly bonded heat-insulating layer can be formed on the target. By this, both stickiness and thermal insulation properties can be obtained.

[0338] Furthermore, even when the thickness of the adhesive as an intermediate member to be loaded between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 is set smaller than the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, wall strength or box body strength can be provided by vacuum thermal insulation material 400. Thus, the thickness of the walls having vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 can be reduced.

[0339] Furthermore, when the thickness of the adhesive (such as rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member to be loaded between the inner case 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 at a position in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 faces the concave portion 440 is set to 11 mm or less, the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam can be increased. Thus, even when rigid polyurethane foam is reduced in thickness, the strength can be increased. Thus, even when the wall thickness is reduced, the strength of the box body can be increased.

In addition, in the heat-insulating box body, which is formed of a back wall 730, a side wall 790, an upper wall 24 (or upper wall 740) and a lower wall 24 (or lower wall 780), and is open on the front side, a vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is placed between a part of the inner casing 750 corresponding to the inner surface of the back wall 730 and a part of the outer casing 710 corresponding to the outer surface of the back wall 730, or between a part of the inner casing 750 corresponding to the inner surface of the side wall 790, and a part of the outer casing 710 corresponding to the outer surface of the side wall 790. The intermediate element is loaded, sealed, applied or placed between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner housing 750 so that the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner housing 750 are connected, firmly attached or attached each other. Examples of the intermediate element include polyurethane foam, and the thickness of the intermediate element is set to 11 mm or less. By this, the flexural modulus of polyurethane foam can be increased. Thus, even when the polyurethane foam is reduced in thickness, the strength can be increased. Thus, even when the wall thickness is reduced, the strength of the box body can be increased.

[0340] Furthermore, when a self-adhesive rigid polyurethane foam is used as an intermediate element (adhesive), and the ratio [(thickness of the intermediate element) / (thickness of the intermediate element + thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material)] is set to 0.3 or less, the composite thermal conductivity a wall formed from a composite member including vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced. Thus, even when the wall thickness is reduced, the thermal insulation performance can be improved.

[0341] Alternatively, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the outer casing 710 are connected directly to each other using a second adhesive as a second intermediate member other than the thermal insulation foam, such as hot-melt adhesive or double-sided tape. The thickness of the adhesive (such as rigid polyurethane foam) as the first intermediate element to be loaded between the inner housing 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 at a position in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 faces the concave portion 440 (or the second concave portion 441) is set equal to 11 mm or less, and the ratio “thickness of the first intermediate element / (thickness of the first intermediate element + thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material)” is set to 0.3 or less neck. By means of this adhesive, the first intermediate element is allowed to be loaded between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner housing 750 after the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is connected directly to the external housing 710 using the second adhesive as the second intermediate element. Thus, assembly efficiency is improved. In addition, when the outer casing 710 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 are connected directly to each other using a second adhesive different from the thermal insulation foam, such as hot-melt adhesive or double-sided tape, the wall thickness can be reduced. In addition, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam as the first intermediate element can be increased. Thus, even when rigid polyurethane foam is reduced in thickness, the strength can be increased. Thus, even when the wall thickness is reduced, the strength of the box body can be increased. In addition, the composite thermal conductivity of a wall formed from a composite member including a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced. Thus, even when the wall thickness is reduced, the thermal insulation performance can be improved.

[0342] In addition, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed at least in the rear wall 730, and the ratio of the areas of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 to be placed in the rear wall 730 and side walls 790 relative to the surface areas of the rear wall 730 and side walls 790 is established equal to 70% or more. By this, the strength of the box body can be increased, and the deformation amount of the box body can be reduced. Thus, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a hot water supply device, a device and the like that are excellent in strength and reliability can be provided.

 In other words, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed at least in the rear wall 730 so that the proportion of the sum of the projection areas of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 located in the rear wall 730 or side walls 790 on the rear wall 730 or side walls 790 relative to the total surface area the rear wall 730 and side walls 790 is set to 70% or more. By this, the strength of the box body can be increased, and the deformation amount of the box body can be reduced. Thus, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a hot water supply device, a device and the like that are excellent in strength and reliability can be provided.

[0343] Furthermore, in the heat-insulating box body 700 including the outer case 710 and the inner case 750, when the volumes of vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 relative to the volumes of the gaps 315 formed between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 are set to 40% or more , the strength of the box body can be increased, and the deformation value of the box body can be reduced. Thus, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a hot water supply device, a device and the like that are excellent in strength and reliability can be provided.

[0344] Furthermore, the convex portions 450 are formed in the angular portions between the side walls 790 and the rear wall 730, and vacuum heat-insulating materials 400 are placed between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750. By this, the strength of the box-shaped case can be increased, and therefore there is no need to form, for example, concave-convex portions on the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, or to form a filler, which will be insulated in the outer wrapping material, in a concave-convex shape. Thus, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 to be used can be formed in the form of a flat plate, and therefore fillers with a fiber diameter, such as organic fiber or inorganic fiber, can be used as the filler of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. Thus, fillers with a fiber diameter, such as organic fiber or inorganic fiber, can be used as a filler of a vacuum thermal insulation material 400, and therefore Indeed, particulate material having flowability need not be used as a filler, or the filler need not be formed into a complex shape having, for example, concave-convex portions. In addition, complex processing, for example, the formation of concave-convex sections on the outer wrapping material, does not have to be performed. By this, a heat-insulating box case, a refrigerator and a device can be provided, which are inexpensive and are excellent in processing properties and heat-insulating characteristics.

 In addition, a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750, and the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediate element between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750 is set to 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm). By this, the strength of the box body can be increased, and therefore, it is not necessary to form, for example, concave-convex portions on the vacuum heat-insulating material 400, or to form a filler, which will be insulated in the outer wrapping material, in a concave-convex shape. Thus, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 to be used can be formed in the form of a flat plate, and therefore fillers with a fiber diameter, such as organic fiber or inorganic fiber, can be used as the filler of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400. Thus, fillers with a fiber diameter, such as organic fiber or inorganic fiber, can be used as a filler of a vacuum thermal insulation material 400, and therefore Indeed, particulate material having flowability need not be used as a filler, or the filler need not be formed into a complex shape having, for example, concave-convex portions. In addition, complex processes, for example, the formation of concave-convex sections on the outer wrapping material, do not have to be performed. By this, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator and a device can be provided which are inexpensive and are excellent in processing properties and heat-insulating characteristics.

[0345] In addition, a heat-insulating box body 700, storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 for accommodating items to be stored, and a cooler 13 for generating cooling air for cooling the storage compartments are arranged. The concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 is formed in a vertical direction, and the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 can be used as a cooling air channel 760 through which cooling air generated by the cooler 13 flows. Thus, the wall thickness can be reduced by parts corresponding to the concave portion, and therefore the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased. In addition, the concave portion may be used as the cooling air channel 760, and therefore, additional cooling air channels need not be formed.

[0346] In addition, a heat-insulating box body 700, storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 for storing items to be stored, and a cooler 13 for generating cooling air for cooling the storage compartments are arranged. The concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 is formed in the vertical direction, and the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 can be used as a channel through which the fog generated by the fog generating device 200 flows. Thus, the wall thickness can be reduced in the part corresponding to the concave portion, and therefore, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased. In addition, the concave portion can be used as a fog channel, and therefore, additional fog channels need not be formed.

[0347] In addition, the cooler chamber 131 in which the cooler 13 is located is formed, and the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 is connected to the cooler chamber 131. Thus, the concave portion can be used as a channel for cooling air.

[0348] In addition, the interiors of the convex portions 450 are used as a fog channel through which the fog generated by the fog generating device 200 is to be supplied. By this, the convex portions increase the strength of the box body, and additional channels through which fog is to be supplied need not be formed. In this way, a heat-insulating box body can be provided that is able to perform humidification and sterilization having a low cost and excellent structural properties, and a device such as a refrigerator including a heat-insulating box body.

[0349] Further, a concave portion 440 or a second concave portion 441 is formed on the rear of the storage compartment (such as the refrigerator compartment 2), and a lighting device 900 for illuminating the inside of the storage compartment is located in the upper wall, lower wall, side wall or partition wall 24 of the storage compartment. By this, the cooling air channel 760 and the lighting device 900 can be provided on different wall surfaces. Thus, the degree of freedom in the structure and position of the channel and in the structure and position of the lighting device is increased compared to the case when the cooling air channel 760 and the lighting device 900 are provided on the same wall surface.

[0350] In addition, a refrigeration cycle is arranged, and the refrigeration cycle line 725 is located in the convex portion 450. By this, the strength of the box body can be increased, and additional spaces for the line 725 need not be provided. Thus, a heat-insulating box case, a refrigerator and a device can be provided, which are inexpensive and excellent in structural properties.

[0351] Further, a refrigeration cycle and protruding portions 910 formed in the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 are provided by a protrusion to the front side (front side of the opening), and a refrigeration cycle conduit 725 is disposed between the protruding portions. By this, the strength of the box body can be increased, and additional gaps for conduit 725 need not be provided. Thus, a heat-insulating box case, a refrigerator and a device can be provided, which are inexpensive and excellent in structural properties.

[0352] In addition, conductive control conductors such as compressor control conductors or temperature control conductors, or a conduit 720 having conductive control conductors disposed therein, are disposed through the convex portion 450. By this, the strength of the box body can be increased, and additional gaps for conductive control conductors, conduit 720, and the like. do not have to be provided. Thus, a heat-insulating box case, a refrigerator and a device can be provided, which are inexpensive and excellent in structural properties.

[0353] Furthermore, a refrigeration cycle and protruding portions 910 formed in the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 by the protrusion to the front side are provided. In addition, for example, conductive control conductors, such as compressor control conductors or temperature control conductors, or a conduit 720 having conductive control conductors disposed therein, and the like, are disposed through protruding portions 910. Thereby, the strength of the box body can be increased, and additional gaps for conductive control wires, pipe 720, etc. do not have to be provided. Thus, a heat-insulating box case, a refrigerator and a device can be provided, which are inexpensive and excellent in structural properties.

[0354] In addition, the loading ports 703 and 704 for the thermal insulation foam are formed in the outer casing 710, and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 can be placed without closing the loading ports. By this means, during the loading of the heat-insulating foam, the vacuum heat-insulating material does not interfere with the loading of the heat-insulating foam, and therefore, the heat-insulating foam can be carefully loaded throughout the box body. Thus, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a device and the like can be provided, which are excellent in strength and reliability.

[0355] In addition, the heat-insulating box body 700 includes an outer shell that is formed of an outer case 710 and an inner case 750 and has an upper wall 740, a rear wall 730, side walls 790, and a lower wall 780. Compartments 2, 3, 4 , 5 and 6 for storage, each of which has a hole portion on the front side, are housed in the outer shell of the heat-insulating box body 700. On the back wall 730 of the storage compartment, a concave portion 440 (or second concave portion 441) is formed substantially in a central position I am laterally on the back of the storage compartment. A flat plate-shaped vacuum insulation material 400 is placed between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710 at a position in which the flat-plate vacuum insulation material 400 faces the concave portion 440 and has a width of at least greater than the width of the concave portion 440 in the direction of the width. Thermal insulation foam (such as rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate element is loaded between the inner case 750 and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 at a position in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 faces the concave portion 440. The bending modulus of the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is set to 20 MPa or more , the thickness of the heat-insulating foam as an intermediate element in the position in which the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is facing the concave section ustk 440, is set equal to 11 mm or less, and the ratio “thickness of thermal insulation foam / (thickness of thermal insulation foam + thickness of vacuum thermal insulation material)” is set to 0.3 or less. In other words, at least one of the following conditions (1), (2) or (3) is satisfied.

(1) the Flexural modulus of the vacuum thermal insulation material> = 20 MPa,

(2) The thickness of the thermal insulation foam / (the thickness of the thermal insulation foam + the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material) <= 0.3, and

(3) The thickness of the heat-insulating foam <= 11 mm (preferably the thickness of the heat-insulating foam <10 mm)

By this, the wall thickness of the box body can be reduced, and in addition, both the strength of the box body and the thermal insulation performance can be improved. Thus, a heat-insulating box case, a refrigerator and a device that have a large internal volume of compartments (such as storage compartments) and are excellent in strength and heat-insulating characteristics can be provided. In addition, the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam can be increased. Thus, even when rigid polyurethane foam is reduced in thickness, the strength can be increased. Thus, even when the wall thickness is reduced, the strength of the box body can be increased. In addition, the composite thermal conductivity of a wall formed from a composite member including a vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced. Thus, even when the wall thickness is reduced, the thermal insulation performance can be improved.

[0356] In addition, the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed at least in the rear wall 730, and the ratio of the areas of the vacuum thermal insulation materials 400, which will be placed in the rear wall 730 and side walls 790, relative to the total surface area of the rear wall 730 and side walls 790 set to 70% or more. By this means, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator and a device that have a small deformation value of the box body and are excellent in strength, stiffness and heat-insulating characteristics can be provided.

[0357] In addition, the proportion of the volumes of vacuum thermal insulation materials 400 relative to the volumes of the gaps 315 between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 of the outer shells of the heat-insulating box body is set to 40% or more. By this means, a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator and a device that have a small deformation value of the box body and are excellent in strength, stiffness and heat-insulating characteristics can be provided.

[0358] Furthermore, in this embodiment, the heat-insulating box body 700 includes an outer shell that is formed of an outer case 710 and an inner case 750 and has an upper wall 740, a rear wall 730, side walls 790, and a lower wall 780. Compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 for storage, each of which has a hole portion on the front side, are formed by dividing the inner part of the outer shell of the heat-insulating box body 700 by the dividing walls 24. A drawer 520 is located in the compartment A storage and extends through the intermediation of the guide member 810 disposed on the side wall 790 forming the storage compartment. Vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is located at least between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710 corresponding to the side wall 790 of the storage compartment. In the side wall 790, the heat-insulating foam as an intermediate element is loaded between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, which includes a guide mounting portion 755 on which the guiding element 810 is mounted. The thickness of the heat-insulating foam is set to 11 mm or less (in particular, preferably less 10 mm) in the position where the thermal insulation foam faces the mounting section of 755 guides. By this, the wall thickness can be reduced. In addition, rigid polyurethane foam is used as a thermal insulation foam, which is an intermediate element. By this, the bending elastic modulus is increased, and the strength of the box body is increased. As a result, the holding strength or the fastening strength of the mounting sections 755 of the rails is increased.

[0359] Furthermore, the heat-insulating box body 700 includes an outer shell, which is formed of an outer case 710 and an inner case 750, and has an upper wall 740, a rear wall 730, side walls 790, and a lower wall 780. Compartments 2, 3, 4 , 5 and 6 for storage, each of which has a hole portion on the front side, are formed by dividing the inner part of the outer shell of the heat-insulated box body 700 by the dividing walls 24. A drawer 520 is located in the storage compartment and extends black Without the mediation of a guiding element 810 located on a side wall 790 forming storage compartments. Vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is located at least between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710 corresponding to the side wall 790 of the storage compartment. In the side wall 790, the heat-insulating foam as an intermediate element is loaded or deposited between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, including the mounting section 755 of the rails, on which the guide element 810 is mounted. The thickness of the heat-insulating foam as an intermediate element is set to 11 mm or less (in particular, preferably less than 10 mm) in the position in which the thermal insulation foam faces the mounting section 755 of the rails. The density of the heat-insulating foam as an intermediate element that will be loaded or applied between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, which includes a guide section 755 (mounting section of the rails), on which the guide is mounted, is installed more than 60 kg / m3. Thus, the density of the intermediate element is set to more than 60 kg / m3, and therefore the retention strength or the fastening strength of the screw for fixing the guide, etc. or screw mounting area enlarged. Thus, deformation, etc. the inner case 750 does not occur near the mounting section 755 of the rails, and therefore a sliding door, drawer, etc. can slide forward smoothly. In addition, the mounting portion 755 of the rails on which the fastening member such as a screw is mounted is not damaged, and therefore the reliability is improved. Furthermore, when the thickness of the thermal insulation foam is set to 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm), the wall thickness can be reduced. In addition, when rigid polyurethane foam is used as the heat-insulating foam, which is an intermediate element, the bending elasticity modulus is increased, and the strength of the box body is increased.

[0360] Further, in this embodiment, the heat-insulating box body 700 includes an outer shell that is formed of an outer case 710 and an inner case 750 and has an upper wall 740, a rear wall 730, side walls 790, and a lower wall 780. Compartments 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 for storage, each of which has a hole section on the front side formed by dividing the inner part of the outer shell of the heat-insulating box body 700 by the dividing walls 24. The drawer 520 is located in a separate and for storage and extends through the mediation of the guide element 810 located on the separation wall (including the separation wall 24 between the storage compartments, the lower wall 780 and the upper wall 740) forming the lower surface or upper surface of the storage compartment. Vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed in the separation wall (including the separation wall 24 between the storage compartments, the lower wall 780 and the upper wall 740), on which the guide element 810 is placed. The thermal insulation material is loaded, applied or placed between the external element the shell forming the separation wall (including the separation wall 24 between the storage compartments, the lower wall 780 and the upper wall 740), and a vacuum thermal insulation the material 400 in the partition wall (including the partition wall 24 between the storage compartments, the bottom wall 780 and the upper wall 740) in a position in which the insulating material faces the guiding element 810. The thickness of the insulating material as an intermediate element is set to 11 mm less (in particular, less than 10 mm) in the position of the dividing wall facing the guide element 810. The density of the heat-insulating material as an intermediate element to be loaded, applied or placed between the outer shell element and the vacuum thermal insulation material 400, more than 60 kg / m ^{3 is} installed. Thus, the density of the intermediate element is set to more than 60 kg / m ³ , and therefore the retention strength or fastening strength of the screw for fastening the guide, etc. or screw mounting area enlarged. Thus, deformation, etc. the outer shell element does not occur near the mounting portion of the rails on the dividing wall (including the dividing wall 24 between the storage compartments, the lower wall 780 and the upper wall 740), and therefore a sliding door, drawer, etc. can slide out smoothly. In addition, the dividing wall on which the fastening element such as a screw is mounted is not damaged, and therefore the reliability is improved. In addition, when the thickness of the heat-insulating material as an intermediate element is set to 11 mm or less (in particular, less than 10 mm), the wall thickness can be reduced. In addition, when rigid polyurethane foam is used as an insulating material, which is an intermediate element, the bending elasticity modulus is increased, and the strength of the separation wall and the box body is increased.

[0361] In addition, the ratio "(thickness of thermal insulation foam as an intermediate element / (thickness of thermal insulation foam as an intermediate element + thickness of vacuum thermal insulation material 400)" is set to 0.3 or less. By this, the thermal conductivity of the composite formed by a combination thermal insulation foam as an intermediate element and vacuum thermal insulation material can be reduced. teristics of the composite member can be improved.

[0362] In addition, when insulating a heat source, such as a hot water storage tank, the thickness of the heat-insulating walls (such as the rear wall 730, upper wall 740, lower wall 780, side walls 790, and partition wall 24) are reduced to reduce the external the size (such as the outer diameter, width, depth and height) of the insulating box body, such as the box body 700 having a cylindrical shape or an angular cylindrical shape, and also having a front opening. By this, a compact heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, a hot water storage device, a device, and the like can be provided.

[0363] In addition, when rigid polyurethane foam is used as the heat-insulating foam, which is an intermediate element, and when the bending modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam to be used is set to 15 MPa or more, the fastening strength of the screw for fastening the guide, and the like. or screw mounting area is increased. Thus, deformation, etc. the inner case 750 does not occur near the mounting section 755 of the rails, and therefore a sliding door, drawer, etc. can slide out smoothly. In addition, an inner case 750 having a mounting portion for a screw or the like. not damaged, and therefore reliability is improved.

[0364] In addition, when two-stage rails that can be extended in two stages, or three-stage rails that can be extended in three stages, are used as rails, the load on the rail section 775 (rail mounting section) is increased. However, when the thickness of the heat-insulating foam as an intermediate element is set to 11 mm or less in a position in which the heat-insulating foam is facing the guide portion 755, the ratio “(thickness of the heat-insulating foam as an intermediate element) / (thickness of the heat-insulating foam as an intermediate element + thickness vacuum thermal insulation material 400) "is set to 0.3 or less, and when the density of the thermal insulation foam as an intermediate more than 60 kg / m ³ , the strength of the guide section 755 of the inner case 750 is installed between the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, including the mounting section 755 of the guides (guide section) on which the guide element 810 is mounted, increased. In addition, the holding strength or the fastening strength of the fastening member 735, such as a screw for fastening the guide member 810 and the like, is increased. By this deformation, etc. the inner case 750 does not occur near the guide portion 755. Thus, even when two-stage guides or three-stage guides, a sliding door, a drawer or the like are used. can slide out smoothly. In addition, the guide portion 755 as the mounting portion for the fastening member 735, such as a screw, or the inner case 750 is not damaged. As a result, reliability is improved.

[0365] In addition, the drawer 520 includes side walls of the drawer forming the drawer 520, and a guide support portion 525 (stepped drawer portion) as a stepped portion formed on the drawer side wall and formed to allow the drawer 520 to be supported by the guide member 810. When the guide support portion 525 (drawer stepped portion) as a stepped portion is 1/2 or less in the lower position, preferably 1/3 or less in the lower position, from the top in the height direction of the drawer 520, by an amount corresponding to to the corner of the casting slope of the drawer 520, the width of the drawer 520 can be increased compared to a drawer in which the guide support portion 525 (case stepped portion) as a stepped portion is positioned higher than 1/2 position in the direction of the drawer height 520. By of this, the capacity of the drawer 520 can be increased.

[0366] In addition, the control panel chamber 31 in which the controller 30 is housed is formed on the outer side of the compartment of the upper wall 740 or the rear wall 730 (on the opposite side of the storage compartment side, as illustrated in FIG. 14). A vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is placed between the control panel chamber 31 and the inner case 750. Rigid polyurethane foam as a self-adhesive thermal insulation foam, which is an intermediate element, is loaded between the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 and the inner case 750. The thickness of the thermal insulation foam is set to 11 mm or less in position, in which the vacuum thermal insulation material 400 is facing the camera 31 of the control panel, and the ratio "thickness of the thermal insulation foam Ala as an intermediate element / (thickness of thermal insulation foam as an intermediate element + thickness of vacuum thermal insulation material) ”is set to 0.3 or less. In other words, the following relationships are established.

The thickness of the heat-insulating foam <= 11 mm (in particular, the thickness of the heat-insulating foam <10 mm), and

Thickness of thermal insulation foam / (thickness of thermal insulation foam + thickness of vacuum thermal insulation material) <= 0.3

By this, the wall thickness of the box body can be reduced in the part where the camera 31 of the control panel is located, and in addition, both the strength of the box body and the thermal insulation performance can be improved. Thus, a refrigerator and apparatus can be provided that have a larger internal volume of compartments (such as storage compartments) and are excellent in strength and thermal insulation performance. In addition, the flexural modulus of rigid polyurethane foam can be increased by reducing the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediate element. Thus, being reduced in thickness, rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediate element can be increased in strength. Thus, even when the wall thickness is reduced, the strength of the box body can be increased. In addition, when the ratio “thickness of thermal insulation foam as an intermediate element / (thickness of thermal insulation foam as an intermediate element + thickness of vacuum thermal insulation material)” is set to 0.3 or less, the composite thermal conductivity of a wall formed from a composite element including a vacuum 400 thermal insulation material and rigid polyurethane foam, can be reduced. Thus, even when the wall thickness is reduced, the thermal insulation performance can be improved.

[0367] Furthermore, when the density of the rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediate element is set to more than 60 kg / m ³ , the rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediate element is formed with a high density and an increased bending modulus. By this, deformation of the camera 31 of the control panel can be prevented. In addition, when the fastening is carried out by means of a fastening element such as a screw, a rigid polyurethane foam is formed with a high density to thereby increase the screw holding strength and the like.

[0368] Furthermore, when a transmission and reception unit capable of transmitting and receiving device information to and from external devices located outside the refrigerator 1 via an infrared connection, a wireless connection or a wired connection (such as a connection via a power network, Internet connection, LAN connection or USB connection), located in the camera 31 of the control panel or near the camera 31 of the control panel, information of the refrigerator device can be transmitted, or information from external devices can be Rinyat. Thus, information of the refrigerator and other devices can be displayed on the refrigerator, mobile terminal and external devices. In addition, the refrigerator can be controlled by receiving command information from the server, and other devices can be controlled from the refrigerator and the mobile terminal.

[0369] Furthermore, when the control panel room cover is located on the control panel camera 31, and when the network connection terminals are located on the control panel camera 31 or in the control panel camera cover, a wireless adapter, a WiFi adapter, a wired local area network (LAN), and so on. .P. can easily be connected after installing the refrigerator to install the network. Of course, there are no problems, provided that the terminals of the network connection are located in the upper wall 730 or the side walls 790, since the connection can be easily established.

[0370] Furthermore, when the coating element (first air channel component 762) for covering at least a portion of the rear surface in the storage compartment or the second concave portion 441 includes a covering portion of the air channel to form at least a portion of the channel 760 cooling air or coating at least a portion of the cooling air passage 760, and the rear covering portion extends in a width direction from the covering portion of the air passage to cover at least a portion of the rear wall 730 or concave a portion 440, at least a portion of the rear wall 730, and the convex portions 450 may be coated with a coating element (first air channel component 762). By this, the structural properties and assembly efficiency can be improved.

[0371] Furthermore, when the coating element (first air channel component 762) for covering at least a portion of the rear surface in the storage compartment or the second concave portion 441 includes a covering portion of the air channel to form at least a portion of the channel 760 cooling air or coating at least a portion of the cooling air passage 760, the rear covering portion extends in a width direction from the covering portion of the air passage to cover at least a portion of the rear wall 730 or concave at a portion 440, and lateral covering portions connected to the rear covering portion or formed integrally with the rear covering portion to cover at least a portion of the side walls 790, at least a portion of the rear wall 730, side walls 790 and convex sections 450 may be covered with a coating element (first component 762 of the air channel). By this, the structural properties and assembly efficiency can be improved.

[0372] Also, when the back cover portion is mounted, in particular, attached or held to a portion of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the back wall 730, the concave portion 440, or the convex portions 450, or when the side cover portions are mounted, in particular, attached or held onto parts of the inner casing 750 corresponding to the side walls 790 or convex sections 450, at least part of the rear wall 730, side walls 790 and convex sections 450 may be coated with a coating element (first component 762 to Nala air). By this, the structural properties and assembly efficiency can be improved.

[0373] Also, when a coating element (first air channel component 762) for coating at least a portion of a rear surface in a storage compartment includes a covering portion of an air channel for forming at least a portion of a cooling air channel 760 or coating at least as part of the cooling air channel 760, the rear covering portion extending in the width direction (to the right and left or toward the side walls 790) from the covering portion of the air channel to cover at least a portion of the rear wall 730 or a concave portion 440, and an upper / lower covering portion of the wall connected to the covering portion of the air channel or formed integrally with the covering portion of the air channel and extending toward the front opening from the upper end portion or from the lower end portion of the rear wall 730 to cover at least a portion of the separation walls 24 located in the upper portion or in the lower portion of the rear wall 730 (including the upper wall 740 or the lower wall 780) for at least h st rear wall 730, partition walls 24, upper wall 730 and lower wall 780 may be coated with a coating member (first component air channel 762). By this, the structural properties and assembly efficiency can be improved.

[0374] Also, when the rear covering portion is mounted, in particular, attached or held to a portion of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the rear wall 730, the concave portion 440 or the convex portions 450, or when the upper / lower covering portion of the wall is mounted, in particular attached or held on a part of the inner housing 750 corresponding to the dividing walls 24 located in the vertical direction of the rear wall 730 (including the upper wall 740 or the lower wall 780), at least a portion of the rear wall 730, the dividing walls 24, the upper wall 730 and the lower wall 780 may be coated with a coating element (first air channel component 762). By this, the structural properties and assembly efficiency can be improved.

List of Reference Items

[0375] 1 refrigerator

1A machine chamber

2 refrigerator compartment

2A refrigerated compartment

2P inner side wall

2X essentially sealed container

2Y essentially sealed container

3 compartments for ice making

4 universal office

5 vegetable section

6 freezer compartment

7 doors of the refrigerator compartment

7A left door of the refrigerator compartment

7B right door of the refrigerator compartment

8 ice compartment door

9 door universal compartment

10 vegetable compartment door

11 freezer door

12 compressor

13 cooler

14 cooling air circulation fan

15 flap universal compartment

16 channel cooling air

17 channel cooling air universal compartment

18 channel cooling air freezer compartment

19 universal compartment thermistor

21 space for storing stored products

22 thermal converter

24 dividing wall

30 controller

30a microcomputer

31 camera control panels

33 cut area

34 sheet metal coating

50 channel cooling air

51 partition wall

53 channel cooling air

55 damper

60 operation panel

60a compartment select switch

60b temperature range switch

60c instant freeze switch

60d ice making settings switch

60e fog generator switch

80 shelf

131 cooler chamber

150 defrost heater

151 heater cover

152 water intake container

154 melt water intake area

155 melt water outlet port

200 fog generating device

250 space for storing stored products

315 space (inner wall gap)

400 vacuum thermal insulation material

410 air return channel of the refrigerator compartment

420 air return duct freezer compartment

430 channel return air of the vegetable compartment

440 concave section

441 second concave section

450 convex section

451 end surface of the front side of the convex section

520 box

525 step section of the box

700 insulated box housing

701 thermal insulation material

703, 704 loading port (injection port)

710 outer casing

717 concave portion of the inner housing

718 upper step section of the concave section

719 lower step portion of the concave portion (portion of the guide element)

720 pipeline

725 refrigerant piping

727 convex section of the inner shell

728 upper stepped section of the convex section

729 lower step section of the convex section

730 back wall

731 reinforcing element

732 upper protruding part of the reinforcing element

733 lower protruding part of the reinforcing element

734 main section of the reinforcing element

735 rail mounting element

740 top wall

750 inner case

755 guide section (mounting section of guides)

757 terminal portion of the guide portion (portion of the placement of the guide member)

760 cooling air channel

762 first component of the air channel

763 protruding section

764 second component of the air channel

765 rear air duct element

766 air duct side element

768 cooling air port

769 end surface of the front side of the first component of the air channel

770 space (space for placement)

775 step section

776 step section

780 bottom wall

790 side wall

797 terminal portion of the side of the side wall (convex section)

798 terminal portion of the rear wall side (convex portion)

810 guide element

811 top rail (movable rail)

812 lower guide (fixed guide)

813 intermediate guide

820 guide support section

830 drawer support section

835 drawer support

836 mounting element of the guide support portion

900 lighting device

910 protruding section.

Claims (78)

1. Refrigerator containing: box case, including: top wall; back wall; side walls; and bottom wall wherein the upper wall, rear wall, side walls and lower wall are formed in the outer casing and the inner casing, and the box body has a storage compartment with an opening formed on the front side of the box body; a vacuum heat-insulating material placed between a part of the inner case and a part of the outer case, corresponding to the rear wall, one of the side walls, the other of the side walls, the upper wall or the lower wall; and heat-insulating foam loaded and foamed between the vacuum heat-insulating material and the inner case, wherein the wall in which the vacuum thermal insulation material is provided has a thickness in the range of 20 mm and 40 mm, the thickness of the thermal insulation foam after foaming is 10 mm or less, and the ratio of the thickness of the thermal insulation foam relative to the sum of the thickness of the thermal insulation foam and the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material is 0.3 or less. 2. The refrigerator according to claim 1, in which on the rear wall forming the storage compartment: a concave portion is formed in the central portion in the width direction of the rear wall, which extends along the vertical direction of the rear wall; and in which a vacuum heat-insulating material is placed between the part of the outer case and the part of the inner case forming the concave portion, and the heat-insulating foam is loaded into part or the entire range of the concave portion. 3. Refrigerator containing: box case, including: top wall; back wall; side walls; and bottom wall wherein the upper wall, rear wall, side walls and lower wall are formed in the outer casing and the inner casing, the box body has a storage compartment with an opening formed on the front side of the box body, and the box-shaped body comprises a concave portion formed in the central portion in the width direction of the rear wall forming a storage compartment that extends along the vertical direction of the rear wall; a vacuum heat-insulating material placed between a part of the inner case forming the concave portion and a part of the outer case forming the back wall, the vacuum heat-insulating material having the shape of a flat plate that is wider than the concave portion, at least in the width direction of the back wall; and heat-insulating foam loaded in part or the entire range between the inner case and the vacuum heat-insulating material, in the part facing the concave section, wherein the back wall has a thickness in the range of 20 mm and 40 mm, the thickness of the thermal insulation foam is 10 mm or less, in the part facing the concave portion, and the ratio of the thickness of the thermal insulation foam relative to the sum of the thickness of the thermal insulation foam and the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material is 0.3 or less. 4. The refrigerator according to claim 2 or 3, in which the vacuum thermal insulation material is placed at least in the rear wall, and in which the proportion of the sum of the projection areas of the vacuum thermal insulation material placed in each of the back wall, one of the side walls and the other of the side walls, on the back wall, one of the side walls and the other of the side walls relative to the total surface area of the back wall, one of the side walls and the other of the side walls is 70% or more. 5. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 4, in which the proportion of the volume of the vacuum thermal insulation material relative to the volume of space between the outer case and the inner case forming the box-shaped case is 40% or more. 6. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2-5, further comprising convex portions formed respectively in the corner portion between the concave portion and one of the side walls facing the concave portion, and in the corner portion between the concave portion and the other of the side walls facing to the concave section, each of the convex sections protruding to the front side relative to the concave section, each of the convex sections is formed in such a way as to overlap with the vacuum thermal insulation material in the width direction. 7. A refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 6, further comprising a cooler for generating cooling air for cooling the storage compartment, the concave portion is used as a cooling air channel through which cooling air generated by the cooler must be supplied to the storage compartment. 8. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 7, further comprising: a chiller for generating cooling air for cooling the storage compartment; and protruding sections, each of which is formed in such a way that protrudes to the front side in at least two positions in the width direction on the side of the rear wall in the concave section, while the protruding sections are formed separately from the inner case forming the back wall. 9. A refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 6, further comprising: a chiller for generating cooling air for cooling the storage compartment; protruding sections, each of which is formed in such a way that protrudes to the front side in at least two positions in the width direction on the side of the rear wall in the concave section; and a second concave portion formed between the protruding portions, the second concave portion is used as a cooling air channel through which cooling air generated by the cooler must be supplied to the storage compartment. 10. The refrigerator according to claim 8 or 9, further comprising conductive control wires for the compressor, conductive temperature control wires or a refrigerant pipe forming a refrigeration cycle, wherein the compressor control conductors, temperature control conductors or a refrigerant pipe are disposed through each of the protruding portions. 11. The refrigerator according to claim 7 or 9, further comprising an element in the form of a coating to cover part of the rear surface inside the storage compartment, wherein the coating element contains: a covering portion of the air channel for forming at least a portion of the cooling air channel or coating at least a portion of the cooling air channel; and mounting section for mounting convex sections or mounting section of the rear wall. 12. A refrigerator according to any one of claims 7, 9 and 11, wherein the cooling air channel has an elliptical sectional shape elongated in the width direction. 13. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 12, in which the vacuum thermal insulation material and the outer casing are connected directly to each other using a second adhesive, different from the thermal insulation foam. 14. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 6 to 13, in which the thermal insulation foam is loaded into convex sections. 15. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 14, further comprising a lighting device located on the upper surface, lower surface or side surface of the storage compartment, for lighting the inside of the storage compartment. 16. A refrigerator containing: a box-shaped case formed from an outer case and an inner case, the box-shaped body including: top wall; back wall; side walls; and bottom wall wherein the box body has a storage compartment formed inside the box body with an opening formed on the front side of the box body; a control panel located in a chamber of the control panel formed in the upper wall or in the rear wall, the control panel controlling the temperature of the storage compartment, the speed of the compressor, the rotation speed of the cooling air circulation fan, or opening or closing the air flow rate control unit; vacuum thermal insulation material placed between the camera of the control panel and the inner case; and thermal insulation foam loaded between vacuum heat-insulating material and inner case, while the upper wall or the rear wall has a thickness in the range of 20 mm and 40 mm, the thickness of the thermal insulation foam is 10 mm or less, in the part facing the camera of the control panel, and the ratio of the thickness of the thermal insulation foam relative to the sum of the thickness of the thermal insulation foam and the thickness of the vacuum thermal insulation material is 0.3 or less. 17. The refrigerator according to clause 16, in which the vacuum thermal insulation material is placed at least in the rear wall, and in which the proportion of the sum of the projection areas of the vacuum thermal insulation material placed in each of the back wall, one of the side walls and the other of the side walls, on the back wall, one of the side walls and the other of the side walls relative to the total surface area of the back wall, one of the side walls and the other of the side walls is 70% or more. 18. The refrigerator according to clause 16 or 17, in which the proportion of the volume of the vacuum thermal insulation material relative to the volume of space between the outer case and the inner case forming the box-shaped case is 40% or more. 19. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 18, in which the thermal insulation foam contains rigid polyurethane foam. 20. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 19, further comprising loading ports for heat-insulating foam, the loading ports being formed in an outer casing, while the vacuum thermal insulation material is placed in such a way that it does not close the loading ports.

Images